You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
6201 lines
224 KiB
6201 lines
224 KiB
5 months ago
|
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
|
||
|
as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This program is also distributed with certain software (including
|
||
|
but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
|
||
|
as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
|
||
|
documentation. The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
|
||
|
permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
|
||
|
separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
|
GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.
|
||
|
|
||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This file is a container for general functionality related
|
||
|
to partitioning. It contains functionality used by all handlers that
|
||
|
support partitioning, such as the partitioning handler itself and the NDB
|
||
|
handler. (Much of the code in this file has been split into partition_info.cc
|
||
|
and the header files partition_info.h + partition_element.h + sql_partition.h)
|
||
|
|
||
|
The first version supports RANGE partitioning, LIST partitioning, HASH
|
||
|
partitioning and composite partitioning (hereafter called subpartitioning)
|
||
|
where each RANGE/LIST partitioning is HASH partitioned. The hash function
|
||
|
can either be supplied by the user or by only a list of fields (also
|
||
|
called KEY partitioning), where the MySQL server will use an internal
|
||
|
hash function.
|
||
|
There are quite a few defaults that can be used as well.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The second version introduces a new variant of RANGE and LIST partitioning
|
||
|
which is often referred to as column lists in the code variables. This
|
||
|
enables a user to specify a set of columns and their concatenated value
|
||
|
as the partition value. By comparing the concatenation of these values
|
||
|
the proper partition can be choosen.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_partition.h"
|
||
|
|
||
|
#include <assert.h>
|
||
|
#include <limits.h>
|
||
|
#include <string.h>
|
||
|
#include <algorithm>
|
||
|
|
||
|
#include "field_types.h" // enum_field_types
|
||
|
#include "m_string.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_bitmap.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_byteorder.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_compiler.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_dbug.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_io.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_sqlcommand.h"
|
||
|
#include "my_sys.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql/components/services/psi_statement_bits.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql/plugin.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql/psi/mysql_file.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql/service_mysql_alloc.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql/udf_registration_types.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql_com.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysql_time.h"
|
||
|
#include "mysqld_error.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/create_field.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/current_thd.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/debug_sync.h" // DEBUG_SYNC
|
||
|
#include "sql/derror.h" // ER_THD
|
||
|
#include "sql/enum_query_type.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/field.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/handler.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/item.h" // enum_monotoncity_info
|
||
|
#include "sql/item_func.h" // Item_func
|
||
|
#include "sql/key.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/mdl.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/mysqld.h" // mysql_tmpdir
|
||
|
#include "sql/opt_range.h" // store_key_image_to_rec
|
||
|
#include "sql/parse_tree_node_base.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/partition_info.h" // partition_info
|
||
|
#include "sql/partitioning/partition_handler.h" // Partition_handler
|
||
|
#include "sql/psi_memory_key.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/query_options.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_alter.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_base.h" // wait_while_table_is_used
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_class.h" // THD
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_const.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_digest_stream.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_error.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_lex.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_list.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_parse.h" // parse_sql
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_show.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/sql_table.h" // build_table_filename
|
||
|
#include "sql/system_variables.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/table.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql/thd_raii.h"
|
||
|
#include "sql_string.h"
|
||
|
|
||
|
struct MEM_ROOT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
using std::max;
|
||
|
using std::min;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Partition related functions declarations and some static constants;
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
const LEX_CSTRING partition_keywords[] = {{STRING_WITH_LEN("HASH")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("RANGE")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("LIST")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("KEY")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("MAXVALUE")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("LINEAR ")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN(" COLUMNS")},
|
||
|
{STRING_WITH_LEN("ALGORITHM")}
|
||
|
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
static const char *part_str = "PARTITION";
|
||
|
static const char *sub_str = "SUB";
|
||
|
static const char *by_str = "BY";
|
||
|
static const char *space_str = " ";
|
||
|
static const char *equal_str = "=";
|
||
|
static const char *end_paren_str = ")";
|
||
|
static const char *begin_paren_str = "(";
|
||
|
static const char *comma_str = ",";
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_list_col(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_list(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_range_col(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_range(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_part(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_subpart(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_with_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_key_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id);
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id);
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *);
|
||
|
static void set_up_range_analysis_info(partition_info *part_info);
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_subpartition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *);
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_id_list(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_subpart, uint32 *store_length_array,
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len, uint max_len, uint flags,
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_subpart, uint32 *store_length_array,
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len, uint max_len, uint flags,
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_subpart, uint32 *store_length_array,
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len, uint max_len, uint flags,
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple(part_column_list_val *val, uint32 nvals_in_rec);
|
||
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(part_column_list_val *val,
|
||
|
uint32 n_vals_in_rec, bool is_left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_field_ptr(Field **ptr, const uchar *new_buf,
|
||
|
const uchar *old_buf);
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Convert constants in VALUES definition to the character set the
|
||
|
corresponding field uses.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
convert_charset_partition_constant()
|
||
|
item Item to convert
|
||
|
cs Character set to convert to
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NULL Error
|
||
|
item New converted item
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
Item *convert_charset_partition_constant(Item *item, const CHARSET_INFO *cs) {
|
||
|
THD *thd = current_thd;
|
||
|
Name_resolution_context *context = &thd->lex->current_select()->context;
|
||
|
TABLE_LIST *save_list = context->table_list;
|
||
|
const char *save_where = thd->where;
|
||
|
|
||
|
item = item->safe_charset_converter(thd, cs);
|
||
|
context->table_list = NULL;
|
||
|
thd->where = "convert character set partition constant";
|
||
|
if (!item || item->fix_fields(thd, (Item **)NULL)) item = NULL;
|
||
|
thd->where = save_where;
|
||
|
context->table_list = save_list;
|
||
|
return item;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
A support function to check if a name is in a list of strings.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param name String searched for
|
||
|
@param list_names A list of names searched in
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return True if if the name is in the list.
|
||
|
@retval true String found
|
||
|
@retval false String not found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool is_name_in_list(const char *name, List<String> list_names) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<String> names_it(list_names);
|
||
|
uint num_names = list_names.elements;
|
||
|
uint i = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
String *list_name = names_it++;
|
||
|
if (!(my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, name, list_name->c_ptr())))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
} while (++i < num_names);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set-up defaults for partitions.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
partition_default_handling()
|
||
|
table Table object
|
||
|
part_info Partition info to set up
|
||
|
is_create_table_ind Is this part of a table creation
|
||
|
normalized_path Normalized path name of table and database
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
false Success
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool partition_default_handling(TABLE *table, partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool is_create_table_ind,
|
||
|
const char *normalized_path) {
|
||
|
Partition_handler *part_handler = table->file->get_partition_handler();
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!part_handler) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_CLAUSE_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_create_table_ind) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->use_default_num_partitions) {
|
||
|
if (part_handler->get_num_parts(normalized_path, &part_info->num_parts)) {
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
||
|
part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions) {
|
||
|
uint num_parts;
|
||
|
if (part_handler->get_num_parts(normalized_path, &num_parts)) {
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_parts > 0);
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT((num_parts % part_info->num_parts) == 0);
|
||
|
part_info->num_subparts = num_parts / part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(part_handler, NULL, 0U);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
A useful routine used by update_row for partition handlers to calculate
|
||
|
the partition ids of the old and the new record.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_parts_for_update()
|
||
|
old_data Buffer of old record
|
||
|
new_data Buffer of new record
|
||
|
rec0 Reference to table->record[0]
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partition information
|
||
|
out:old_part_id The returned partition id of old record
|
||
|
out:new_part_id The returned partition id of new record
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
0 Success
|
||
|
> 0 Error code
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
int get_parts_for_update(const uchar *old_data,
|
||
|
const uchar *new_data MY_ATTRIBUTE((unused)),
|
||
|
const uchar *rec0, partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *old_part_id, uint32 *new_part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *new_func_value) {
|
||
|
Field **part_field_array = part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
||
|
int error;
|
||
|
longlong old_func_value;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(new_data == rec0); // table->record[0]
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, old_data, rec0);
|
||
|
error = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, old_part_id, &old_func_value);
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, rec0, old_data);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(error)) {
|
||
|
part_info->err_value = old_func_value;
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely((error = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, new_part_id,
|
||
|
new_func_value)))) {
|
||
|
part_info->err_value = *new_func_value;
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
A useful routine used by delete_row for partition handlers to calculate
|
||
|
the partition id.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_for_delete()
|
||
|
buf Buffer of old record
|
||
|
rec0 Reference to table->record[0]
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partition information
|
||
|
out:part_id The returned partition id to delete from
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
0 Success
|
||
|
> 0 Error code
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Dependent on whether buf is not record[0] we need to prepare the
|
||
|
fields. Then we call the function pointer get_partition_id to
|
||
|
calculate the partition id.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
int get_part_for_delete(const uchar *buf, const uchar *rec0,
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
int error;
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (likely(buf == rec0)) {
|
||
|
if (unlikely((error = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, part_id,
|
||
|
&func_value)))) {
|
||
|
part_info->err_value = func_value;
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Delete from partition %d", *part_id));
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
Field **part_field_array = part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
||
|
error = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, part_id, &func_value);
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(error)) {
|
||
|
part_info->err_value = func_value;
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Delete from partition %d (path2)", *part_id));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This method is used to set-up both partition and subpartitioning
|
||
|
field array and used for all types of partitioning.
|
||
|
It is part of the logic around fix_partition_func.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_up_field_array()
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Error, some field didn't meet requirements
|
||
|
false Ok, partition field array set-up
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
|
||
|
A great number of functions below here is part of the fix_partition_func
|
||
|
method. It is used to set up the partition structures for execution from
|
||
|
openfrm. It is called at the end of the openfrm when the table struct has
|
||
|
been set-up apart from the partition information.
|
||
|
It involves:
|
||
|
1) Setting arrays of fields for the partition functions.
|
||
|
2) Setting up binary search array for LIST partitioning
|
||
|
3) Setting up array for binary search for RANGE partitioning
|
||
|
4) Setting up key_map's to assist in quick evaluation whether one
|
||
|
can deduce anything from a given index of what partition to use
|
||
|
5) Checking whether a set of partitions can be derived from a range on
|
||
|
a field in the partition function.
|
||
|
As part of doing this there is also a great number of error controls.
|
||
|
This is actually the place where most of the things are checked for
|
||
|
partition information when creating a table.
|
||
|
Things that are checked includes
|
||
|
1) All fields of partition function in Primary keys and unique indexes
|
||
|
(if not supported)
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
Create an array of partition fields (NULL terminated). Before this method
|
||
|
is called fix_fields or find_table_in_sef has been called to set
|
||
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG on all fields that are part of the partition
|
||
|
function.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool set_up_field_array(TABLE *table, bool is_sub_part) {
|
||
|
Field **ptr, *field, **field_array;
|
||
|
uint num_fields = 0;
|
||
|
uint size_field_array;
|
||
|
uint i = 0;
|
||
|
uint inx;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
int result = false;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr = table->field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
if (field->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG) num_fields++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_fields > MAX_REF_PARTS) {
|
||
|
const char *err_str;
|
||
|
if (is_sub_part)
|
||
|
err_str = "subpartition function";
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
err_str = "partition function";
|
||
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITION_FUNC_FIELDS_ERROR, MYF(0), err_str);
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_fields == 0) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We are using hidden key as partitioning field
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!is_sub_part);
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
size_field_array = (num_fields + 1) * sizeof(Field *);
|
||
|
field_array = (Field **)sql_calloc(size_field_array);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(!field_array)) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(size_field_array);
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
ptr = table->field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
if (field->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG) {
|
||
|
field->flags &= ~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
||
|
field->flags |= FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG;
|
||
|
if (likely(!result)) {
|
||
|
if (!is_sub_part && part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
||
|
char *field_name;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(num_fields == part_info->part_field_list.elements);
|
||
|
inx = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
field_name = it++;
|
||
|
if (!my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, field_name,
|
||
|
field->field_name))
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
} while (++inx < num_fields);
|
||
|
if (inx == num_fields) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Should not occur since it should already been checked in either
|
||
|
add_column_list_values, handle_list_of_fields,
|
||
|
check_partition_info etc.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
inx = i;
|
||
|
field_array[inx] = field;
|
||
|
i++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We check that the fields are proper. It is required for each
|
||
|
field in a partition function to:
|
||
|
1) Not be a BLOB of any type
|
||
|
A BLOB takes too long time to evaluate so we don't want it for
|
||
|
performance reasons.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (unlikely(field->flags & BLOB_FLAG)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
field_array[num_fields] = 0;
|
||
|
if (!is_sub_part) {
|
||
|
part_info->part_field_array = field_array;
|
||
|
part_info->num_part_fields = num_fields;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_field_array = field_array;
|
||
|
part_info->num_subpart_fields = num_fields;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Create a field array including all fields of both the partitioning and the
|
||
|
subpartitioning functions.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
create_full_part_field_array()
|
||
|
thd Thread handle
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Memory allocation of field array failed
|
||
|
false Ok
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
If there is no subpartitioning then the same array is used as for the
|
||
|
partitioning. Otherwise a new array is built up using the flag
|
||
|
FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC in the field object.
|
||
|
This function is called from fix_partition_func
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool create_full_part_field_array(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
bool result = false;
|
||
|
Field **ptr;
|
||
|
my_bitmap_map *bitmap_buf;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
part_info->full_part_field_array = part_info->part_field_array;
|
||
|
part_info->num_full_part_fields = part_info->num_part_fields;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
Field *field, **field_array;
|
||
|
uint num_part_fields = 0, size_field_array;
|
||
|
ptr = table->field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
if (field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG) num_part_fields++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
size_field_array = (num_part_fields + 1) * sizeof(Field *);
|
||
|
field_array = (Field **)sql_calloc(size_field_array);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(!field_array)) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(size_field_array);
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
num_part_fields = 0;
|
||
|
ptr = table->field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
if (field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG)
|
||
|
field_array[num_part_fields++] = field;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
field_array[num_part_fields] = 0;
|
||
|
part_info->full_part_field_array = field_array;
|
||
|
part_info->num_full_part_fields = num_part_fields;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Initialize the set of all fields used in partition and subpartition
|
||
|
expression. Required for testing of partition fields in write_set
|
||
|
when updating. We need to set all bits in read_set because the row
|
||
|
may need to be inserted in a different [sub]partition.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (!(bitmap_buf = (my_bitmap_map *)thd->alloc(
|
||
|
bitmap_buffer_size(table->s->fields)))) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(bitmap_buffer_size(table->s->fields));
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (bitmap_init(&part_info->full_part_field_set, bitmap_buf, table->s->fields,
|
||
|
false)) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(table->s->fields);
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
full_part_field_array may be NULL if storage engine supports native
|
||
|
partitioning.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if ((ptr = part_info->full_part_field_array))
|
||
|
for (; *ptr; ptr++)
|
||
|
bitmap_set_bit(&part_info->full_part_field_set, (*ptr)->field_index);
|
||
|
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
|
||
|
Clear flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of a key previously set by
|
||
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields (always used in pairs).
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields()
|
||
|
key_info Reference to find the key fields
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
These support routines is used to set/reset an indicator of all fields
|
||
|
in a certain key. It is used in conjunction with another support routine
|
||
|
that traverse all fields in the PF to find if all or some fields in the
|
||
|
PF is part of the key. This is used to check primary keys and unique
|
||
|
keys involve all fields in PF (unless supported) and to derive the
|
||
|
key_map's used to quickly decide whether the index can be used to
|
||
|
derive which partitions are needed to scan.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void clear_indicator_in_key_fields(KEY *key_info) {
|
||
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
||
|
uint key_parts = key_info->user_defined_key_parts, i;
|
||
|
for (i = 0, key_part = key_info->key_part; i < key_parts; i++, key_part++)
|
||
|
key_part->field->flags &= (~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of a key.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields
|
||
|
key_info Reference to find the key fields
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_indicator_in_key_fields(KEY *key_info) {
|
||
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
||
|
uint key_parts = key_info->user_defined_key_parts, i;
|
||
|
for (i = 0, key_part = key_info->key_part; i < key_parts; i++, key_part++)
|
||
|
key_part->field->flags |= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if all or some fields in partition field array is part of a key
|
||
|
previously used to tag key fields.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF()
|
||
|
ptr Partition field array
|
||
|
out:all_fields Is all fields of partition field array used in key
|
||
|
out:some_fields Is some fields of partition field array used in key
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
all_fields, some_fields
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void check_fields_in_PF(Field **ptr, bool *all_fields,
|
||
|
bool *some_fields) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*all_fields = true;
|
||
|
*some_fields = false;
|
||
|
if ((!ptr) || !(*ptr)) {
|
||
|
*all_fields = false;
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
/* Check if the field of the PF is part of the current key investigated */
|
||
|
if ((*ptr)->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG)
|
||
|
*some_fields = true;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
*all_fields = false;
|
||
|
} while (*(++ptr));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Clear flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of the table.
|
||
|
This routine is used for error handling purposes.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
clear_field_flag()
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void clear_field_flag(TABLE *table) {
|
||
|
Field **ptr;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (ptr = table->field; *ptr; ptr++)
|
||
|
(*ptr)->flags &= (~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
find_field_in_table_sef finds the field given its name. All fields get
|
||
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG set.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
handle_list_of_fields()
|
||
|
it A list of field names for the partition function
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Fields in list of fields not part of table
|
||
|
false All fields ok and array created
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This routine sets-up the partition field array for KEY partitioning, it
|
||
|
also verifies that all fields in the list of fields is actually a part of
|
||
|
the table.
|
||
|
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool handle_list_of_fields(List_iterator<char> it, TABLE *table,
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_sub_part) {
|
||
|
Field *field;
|
||
|
bool result;
|
||
|
char *field_name;
|
||
|
bool is_list_empty = true;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((field_name = it++)) {
|
||
|
is_list_empty = false;
|
||
|
field = find_field_in_table_sef(table, field_name);
|
||
|
if (likely(field != 0))
|
||
|
field->flags |= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (is_list_empty && part_info->part_type == partition_type::HASH) {
|
||
|
uint primary_key = table->s->primary_key;
|
||
|
if (primary_key != MAX_KEY) {
|
||
|
uint num_key_parts = table->key_info[primary_key].user_defined_key_parts,
|
||
|
i;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
In the case of an empty list we use primary key as partition key.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_key_parts; i++) {
|
||
|
Field *field = table->key_info[primary_key].key_part[i].field;
|
||
|
field->flags |= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
||
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This engine can handle automatic partitioning and there is no
|
||
|
primary key. In this case we rely on that the engine handles
|
||
|
partitioning based on a hidden key. Thus we allocate no
|
||
|
array for partitioning fields.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
result = set_up_field_array(table, is_sub_part);
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Support function to check if all VALUES * (expression) is of the
|
||
|
right sign (no signed constants when unsigned partition function)
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_signed_flag()
|
||
|
part_info Partition info object
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
0 No errors due to sign errors
|
||
|
>0 Sign error
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int check_signed_flag(partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
int error = 0;
|
||
|
uint i = 0;
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type != partition_type::HASH &&
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_elem->signed_flag) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
error = ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++i < part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Initialize lex object for use in fix_fields and parsing.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param thd The thread object
|
||
|
@param table The table object
|
||
|
@param lex The LEX object, must be initialized and contain select_lex.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@returns false if success, true if error
|
||
|
|
||
|
@details
|
||
|
This function is used to set up a lex object on the
|
||
|
stack for resolving of fields from a single table.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool init_lex_with_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, LEX *lex) {
|
||
|
SELECT_LEX *select_lex = lex->select_lex;
|
||
|
Name_resolution_context *context = &select_lex->context;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We will call the parser to create a part_info struct based on the
|
||
|
partition string stored in the frm file.
|
||
|
We will use a local lex object for this purpose. However we also
|
||
|
need to set the Name_resolution_object for this lex object. We
|
||
|
do this by using add_table_to_list where we add the table that
|
||
|
we're working with to the Name_resolution_context.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
thd->lex = lex;
|
||
|
auto table_ident = new (thd->mem_root) Table_ident(
|
||
|
thd->get_protocol(), table->s->db, table->s->table_name, true);
|
||
|
if (table_ident == nullptr) return true;
|
||
|
|
||
|
TABLE_LIST *table_list =
|
||
|
select_lex->add_table_to_list(thd, table_ident, nullptr, 0);
|
||
|
if (table_list == nullptr) return true;
|
||
|
|
||
|
context->resolve_in_table_list_only(table_list);
|
||
|
lex->use_only_table_context = true;
|
||
|
table->get_fields_in_item_tree = true;
|
||
|
table_list->table = table;
|
||
|
table_list->cacheable_table = false;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
End use of local lex with single table
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
end_lex_with_single_table()
|
||
|
@param thd The thread object
|
||
|
@param table The table object
|
||
|
@param old_lex The real lex object connected to THD
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function restores the real lex object after calling
|
||
|
init_lex_with_single_table and also restores some table
|
||
|
variables temporarily set.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void end_lex_with_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, LEX *old_lex) {
|
||
|
LEX *lex = thd->lex;
|
||
|
table->get_fields_in_item_tree = false;
|
||
|
lex_end(lex);
|
||
|
thd->lex = old_lex;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The function uses a new feature in fix_fields where the flag
|
||
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG is set for all fields in the item tree.
|
||
|
This field must always be reset before returning from the function
|
||
|
since it is used for other purposes as well.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
fix_fields_part_func()
|
||
|
thd The thread object
|
||
|
func_expr The item tree reference of the partition function
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
is_sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
||
|
is_create_table_ind Indicator of whether openfrm was called as part of
|
||
|
CREATE or ALTER TABLE
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true An error occurred, something was wrong with the
|
||
|
partition function.
|
||
|
false Ok, a partition field array was created
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function is used to build an array of partition fields for the
|
||
|
partitioning function and subpartitioning function. The partitioning
|
||
|
function is an item tree that must reference at least one field in the
|
||
|
table. This is checked first in the parser that the function doesn't
|
||
|
contain non-cacheable parts (like a random function) and by checking
|
||
|
here that the function isn't a constant function.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Calculate the number of fields in the partition function.
|
||
|
Use it allocate memory for array of Field pointers.
|
||
|
Initialise array of field pointers. Use information set when
|
||
|
calling fix_fields and reset it immediately after.
|
||
|
The get_fields_in_item_tree activates setting of bit in flags
|
||
|
on the field object.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool fix_fields_part_func(THD *thd, Item *func_expr, TABLE *table,
|
||
|
bool is_sub_part, bool is_create_table_ind) {
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
bool result = true;
|
||
|
int error;
|
||
|
LEX *old_lex = thd->lex;
|
||
|
LEX lex;
|
||
|
SELECT_LEX_UNIT unit(CTX_NONE);
|
||
|
SELECT_LEX select(nullptr, nullptr);
|
||
|
lex.new_static_query(&unit, &select);
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (init_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, &lex)) goto end;
|
||
|
|
||
|
func_expr->walk(&Item::change_context_processor, enum_walk::POSTFIX,
|
||
|
(uchar *)&lex.select_lex->context);
|
||
|
thd->where = "partition function";
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
In execution we must avoid the use of thd->change_item_tree since
|
||
|
we might release memory before statement is completed. We do this
|
||
|
by temporarily setting the stmt_arena->mem_root to be the mem_root
|
||
|
of the table object, this also ensures that any memory allocated
|
||
|
during fix_fields will not be released at end of execution of this
|
||
|
statement. Thus the item tree will remain valid also in subsequent
|
||
|
executions of this table object. We do however not at the moment
|
||
|
support allocations during execution of val_int so any item class
|
||
|
that does this during val_int must be disallowed as partition
|
||
|
function.
|
||
|
SEE Bug #21658
|
||
|
|
||
|
This is a tricky call to prepare for since it can have a large number
|
||
|
of interesting side effects, both desirable and undesirable.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const bool save_agg_func = thd->lex->current_select()->agg_func_used();
|
||
|
|
||
|
error = func_expr->fix_fields(thd, &func_expr);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Restore agg_func.
|
||
|
fix_fields should not affect the optimizer later, see Bug#46923.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
thd->lex->current_select()->set_agg_func_used(save_agg_func);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(error)) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Field in partition function not part of table"));
|
||
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(func_expr->const_item())) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We don't allow creating partitions with expressions with non matching
|
||
|
arguments as a (sub)partitioning function,
|
||
|
but we want to allow such expressions when opening existing tables for
|
||
|
easier maintenance. This exception should be deprecated at some point
|
||
|
in future so that we always throw an error.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (func_expr->walk(&Item::check_valid_arguments_processor,
|
||
|
enum_walk::POSTFIX, NULL)) {
|
||
|
if (is_create_table_ind) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
push_warning(thd, Sql_condition::SL_WARNING,
|
||
|
ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR,
|
||
|
ER_THD(thd, ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((!is_sub_part) && (error = check_signed_flag(part_info))) goto end;
|
||
|
result = set_up_field_array(table, is_sub_part);
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
end_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, old_lex);
|
||
|
#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
|
||
|
func_expr->walk(&Item::change_context_processor, enum_walk::POSTFIX, NULL);
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check that the primary key contains all partition fields if defined
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_primary_key()
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Not all fields in partitioning function was part
|
||
|
of primary key
|
||
|
false Ok, all fields of partitioning function were part
|
||
|
of primary key
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function verifies that if there is a primary key that it contains
|
||
|
all the fields of the partition function.
|
||
|
This is a temporary limitation that will hopefully be removed after a
|
||
|
while.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool check_primary_key(TABLE *table) {
|
||
|
uint primary_key = table->s->primary_key;
|
||
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
||
|
bool result = false;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (primary_key < MAX_KEY) {
|
||
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + primary_key);
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF(table->part_info->full_part_field_array, &all_fields,
|
||
|
&some_fields);
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + primary_key);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(!all_fields)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF, MYF(0), "PRIMARY KEY");
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check that unique keys contains all partition fields
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_unique_keys()
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Not all fields in partitioning function was part
|
||
|
of all unique keys
|
||
|
false Ok, all fields of partitioning function were part
|
||
|
of unique keys
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function verifies that if there is a unique index that it contains
|
||
|
all the fields of the partition function.
|
||
|
This is a temporary limitation that will hopefully be removed after a
|
||
|
while.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool check_unique_keys(TABLE *table) {
|
||
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
||
|
bool result = false;
|
||
|
uint keys = table->s->keys;
|
||
|
uint i;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < keys; i++) {
|
||
|
if (table->key_info[i].flags & HA_NOSAME) // Unique index
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + i);
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF(table->part_info->full_part_field_array, &all_fields,
|
||
|
&some_fields);
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + i);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(!all_fields)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF, MYF(0), "UNIQUE INDEX");
|
||
|
result = true;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
An important optimisation is whether a range on a field can select a subset
|
||
|
of the partitions.
|
||
|
A prerequisite for this to happen is that the PF is a growing function OR
|
||
|
a shrinking function.
|
||
|
This can never happen for a multi-dimensional PF. Thus this can only happen
|
||
|
with PF with at most one field involved in the PF.
|
||
|
The idea is that if the function is a growing function and you know that
|
||
|
the field of the PF is 4 <= A <= 6 then we can convert this to a range
|
||
|
in the PF instead by setting the range to PF(4) <= PF(A) <= PF(6). In the
|
||
|
case of RANGE PARTITIONING and LIST PARTITIONING this can be used to
|
||
|
calculate a set of partitions rather than scanning all of them.
|
||
|
Thus the following prerequisites are there to check if sets of partitions
|
||
|
can be found.
|
||
|
1) Only possible for RANGE and LIST partitioning (not for subpartitioning)
|
||
|
2) Only possible if PF only contains 1 field
|
||
|
3) Possible if PF is a growing function of the field
|
||
|
4) Possible if PF is a shrinking function of the field
|
||
|
OBSERVATION:
|
||
|
1) IF f1(A) is a growing function AND f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
||
|
f1(A) + f2(A) is a growing function
|
||
|
f1(A) * f2(A) is a growing function if f1(A) >= 0 and f2(A) >= 0
|
||
|
2) IF f1(A) is a growing function and f2(A) is a shrinking function THEN
|
||
|
f1(A) / f2(A) is a growing function if f1(A) >= 0 and f2(A) > 0
|
||
|
3) IF A is a growing function then a function f(A) that removes the
|
||
|
least significant portion of A is a growing function
|
||
|
E.g. DATE(datetime) is a growing function
|
||
|
MONTH(datetime) is not a growing/shrinking function
|
||
|
4) IF f1(A) is a growing function and f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
||
|
f1(f2(A)) and f2(f1(A)) are also growing functions
|
||
|
5) IF f1(A) is a shrinking function and f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
||
|
f1(f2(A)) is a shrinking function and f2(f1(A)) is a shrinking function
|
||
|
6) f1(A) = A is a growing function
|
||
|
7) f1(A) = A*a + b (where a and b are constants) is a growing function
|
||
|
|
||
|
By analysing the item tree of the PF we can use these deducements and
|
||
|
derive whether the PF is a growing function or a shrinking function or
|
||
|
neither of it.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If the PF is range capable then a flag is set on the table object
|
||
|
indicating this to notify that we can use also ranges on the field
|
||
|
of the PF to deduce a set of partitions if the fields of the PF were
|
||
|
not all fully bound.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_range_capable_PF()
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Support for this is not implemented yet.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void check_range_capable_PF(TABLE *) { DBUG_TRACE; }
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Set up partition bitmaps
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Operation status
|
||
|
@retval true Memory allocation failure
|
||
|
@retval false Success
|
||
|
|
||
|
Allocate memory for bitmaps of the partitioned table
|
||
|
and initialise it.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool set_up_partition_bitmaps(partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!part_info->bitmaps_are_initialized);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->init_partition_bitmap(&part_info->read_partitions,
|
||
|
&part_info->table->mem_root))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
if (part_info->init_partition_bitmap(&part_info->lock_partitions,
|
||
|
&part_info->table->mem_root))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_info->bitmaps_are_initialized = true;
|
||
|
part_info->set_partition_bitmaps(NULL);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set up partition key maps
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_up_partition_key_maps()
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
None
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function sets up a couple of key maps to be able to quickly check
|
||
|
if an index ever can be used to deduce the partition fields or even
|
||
|
a part of the fields of the partition function.
|
||
|
We set up the following key_map's.
|
||
|
PF = Partition Function
|
||
|
1) All fields of the PF is set even by equal on the first fields in the
|
||
|
key
|
||
|
2) All fields of the PF is set if all fields of the key is set
|
||
|
3) At least one field in the PF is set if all fields is set
|
||
|
4) At least one field in the PF is part of the key
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_up_partition_key_maps(TABLE *table, partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
uint keys = table->s->keys;
|
||
|
uint i;
|
||
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
|
||
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.clear_all();
|
||
|
part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.clear_all();
|
||
|
part_info->some_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < keys; i++) {
|
||
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + i);
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->full_part_field_array, &all_fields,
|
||
|
&some_fields);
|
||
|
if (all_fields) part_info->all_fields_in_PF.set_bit(i);
|
||
|
if (some_fields) part_info->some_fields_in_PF.set_bit(i);
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->part_field_array, &all_fields,
|
||
|
&some_fields);
|
||
|
if (all_fields) part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.set_bit(i);
|
||
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->subpart_field_array, &all_fields,
|
||
|
&some_fields);
|
||
|
if (all_fields) part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.set_bit(i);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info + i);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set up function pointers for partition function
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers()
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Set-up all function pointers for calculation of partition id,
|
||
|
subpartition id and the upper part in subpartitioning. This is to speed up
|
||
|
execution of get_partition_id which is executed once every record to be
|
||
|
written and deleted and twice for updates.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_up_partition_func_pointers(partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_with_sub;
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_partition_id_range_col;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_partition_id_range;
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_linear_key_sub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_key_sub;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_hash_sub;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else /* LIST Partitioning */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_partition_id_list_col;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_partition_id_list;
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_linear_key_sub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_key_sub;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_partition_id_hash_sub;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else /* No subpartitioning */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = NULL;
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = NULL;
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_range_col;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_range;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_list_col;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_list;
|
||
|
} else /* HASH partitioning */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_key_nosub;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->get_partition_id = get_partition_id_hash_nosub;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We need special functions to handle character sets since they require copy
|
||
|
of field pointers and restore afterwards. For subpartitioned tables we do
|
||
|
the copy and restore individually on the part and subpart parts. For non-
|
||
|
subpartitioned tables we use the same functions as used for the parts part
|
||
|
of subpartioning.
|
||
|
Thus for subpartitioned tables the get_partition_id is always
|
||
|
get_partition_id_with_sub, even when character sets exists.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_part_partition_id);
|
||
|
if (!part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset =
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id;
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_part_id_charset_func_part;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_partition_id);
|
||
|
if (!part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset = part_info->get_partition_id;
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id = get_part_id_charset_func_part;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_info->subpart_charset_field_array) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_subpartition_id);
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id_charset = part_info->get_subpartition_id;
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id = get_part_id_charset_func_subpart;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
For linear hashing we need a mask which is on the form 2**n - 1 where
|
||
|
2**n >= num_parts. Thus if num_parts is 6 then mask is 2**3 - 1 = 8 - 1 = 7.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_linear_hash_mask()
|
||
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
||
|
num_parts Number of parts in linear hash partitioning
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void set_linear_hash_mask(partition_info *part_info, uint num_parts) {
|
||
|
uint mask;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (mask = 1; mask < num_parts; mask <<= 1)
|
||
|
;
|
||
|
part_info->linear_hash_mask = mask - 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function calculates the partition id provided the result of the hash
|
||
|
function using linear hashing parameters, mask and number of partitions.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_from_linear_hash()
|
||
|
hash_value Hash value calculated by HASH function or KEY function
|
||
|
mask Mask calculated previously by set_linear_hash_mask
|
||
|
num_parts Number of partitions in HASH partitioned part
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
part_id The calculated partition identity (starting at 0)
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
The partition is calculated according to the theory of linear hashing.
|
||
|
See e.g. Linear hashing: a new tool for file and table addressing,
|
||
|
Reprinted from VLDB-80 in Readings Database Systems, 2nd ed, M. Stonebraker
|
||
|
(ed.), Morgan Kaufmann 1994.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_part_id_from_linear_hash(longlong hash_value, uint mask,
|
||
|
uint num_parts) {
|
||
|
uint32 part_id = (uint32)(hash_value & mask);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_id >= num_parts) {
|
||
|
uint new_mask = ((mask + 1) >> 1) - 1;
|
||
|
part_id = (uint32)(hash_value & new_mask);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if a particular field is in need of character set
|
||
|
handling for partition functions.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
field_is_partition_charset()
|
||
|
field The field to check
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
false Not in need of character set handling
|
||
|
true In need of character set handling
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool field_is_partition_charset(Field *field) {
|
||
|
if (!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_STRING) &&
|
||
|
!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR))
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const CHARSET_INFO *cs = field->charset();
|
||
|
if (!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_STRING) || !(cs->state & MY_CS_BINSORT))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check that partition function doesn't contain any forbidden
|
||
|
character sets and collations.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_part_func_fields()
|
||
|
ptr Array of Field pointers
|
||
|
ok_with_charsets Will we report allowed charset
|
||
|
fields as ok
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
false Success
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
We will check in this routine that the fields of the partition functions
|
||
|
do not contain unallowed parts. It can also be used to check if there
|
||
|
are fields that require special care by calling my_strnxfrm before
|
||
|
calling the functions to calculate partition id.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool check_part_func_fields(Field **ptr, bool ok_with_charsets) {
|
||
|
Field *field;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
For CHAR/VARCHAR fields we need to take special precautions.
|
||
|
Binary collation with CHAR is automatically supported. Other
|
||
|
types need some kind of standardisation function handling
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (field_is_partition_charset(field)) {
|
||
|
const CHARSET_INFO *cs = field->charset();
|
||
|
if (!ok_with_charsets || cs->mbmaxlen > 1 || cs->strxfrm_multiply > 1) {
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
fix partition functions
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
fix_partition_func()
|
||
|
thd The thread object
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
is_create_table_ind Indicator of whether openfrm was called as part of
|
||
|
CREATE or ALTER TABLE
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
false Success
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
The name parameter contains the full table name and is used to get the
|
||
|
database name of the table which is used to set-up a correct
|
||
|
TABLE_LIST object for use in fix_fields.
|
||
|
|
||
|
NOTES
|
||
|
This function is called as part of opening the table by opening the .frm
|
||
|
file. It is a part of CREATE TABLE to do this so it is quite permissible
|
||
|
that errors due to erroneus syntax isn't found until we come here.
|
||
|
If the user has used a non-existing field in the table is one such example
|
||
|
of an error that is not discovered until here.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool fix_partition_func(THD *thd, TABLE *table, bool is_create_table_ind) {
|
||
|
bool result = true;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
enum_mark_columns save_mark_used_columns = thd->mark_used_columns;
|
||
|
Partition_handler *part_handler;
|
||
|
const ulong save_want_privilege = thd->want_privilege;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->fixed) {
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
thd->mark_used_columns = MARK_COLUMNS_NONE;
|
||
|
thd->want_privilege = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_create_table_ind || thd->lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE) {
|
||
|
if (partition_default_handling(table, part_info, is_create_table_ind,
|
||
|
table->s->normalized_path.str)) {
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->subpart_type == partition_type::HASH);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Subpartition is defined. We need to verify that subpartitioning
|
||
|
function is correct.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
set_linear_hash_mask(part_info, part_info->num_subparts);
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<char> it(part_info->subpart_field_list);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(it, table, part_info, true))) goto end;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->subpart_expr, table,
|
||
|
true, is_create_table_ind)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->subpart_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT)) {
|
||
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(true);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->part_type != partition_type::NONE);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Partition is defined. We need to verify that partitioning
|
||
|
function is correct.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::HASH) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
set_linear_hash_mask(part_info, part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(it, table, part_info, false)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->part_expr, table, false,
|
||
|
is_create_table_ind)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->part_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT)) {
|
||
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(false);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_info->fixed = true;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
const char *error_str;
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
||
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(it, table, part_info, false)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->part_expr, table, false,
|
||
|
is_create_table_ind)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_info->fixed = true;
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
error_str = partition_keywords[PKW_RANGE].str;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_range_constants(thd))) goto end;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
error_str = partition_keywords[PKW_LIST].str;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_list_constants(thd))) goto end;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->num_parts < 1)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), error_str);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(!part_info->column_list &&
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT)) {
|
||
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(false);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (((part_info->part_type != partition_type::HASH ||
|
||
|
part_info->list_of_part_fields == false) &&
|
||
|
!part_info->column_list &&
|
||
|
check_part_func_fields(part_info->part_field_array, true)) ||
|
||
|
(part_info->list_of_subpart_fields == false &&
|
||
|
part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
||
|
check_part_func_fields(part_info->subpart_field_array, true))) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Range/List/HASH (but not KEY) and not COLUMNS or HASH subpartitioning
|
||
|
with columns in the partitioning expression using unallowed charset.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(create_full_part_field_array(thd, table, part_info))) goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(check_primary_key(table))) goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely((!(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
||
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() &
|
||
|
HA_CAN_PARTITION_UNIQUE))) &&
|
||
|
check_unique_keys(table)))
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(set_up_partition_bitmaps(part_info))) goto end;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->set_up_charset_field_preps())) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_partition_field_length())) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FIELDS_TOO_LONG, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
check_range_capable_PF(table);
|
||
|
set_up_partition_key_maps(table, part_info);
|
||
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers(part_info);
|
||
|
set_up_range_analysis_info(part_info);
|
||
|
part_handler = table->file->get_partition_handler();
|
||
|
if (part_handler) {
|
||
|
part_handler->set_part_info(part_info, false);
|
||
|
result = false;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
thd->mark_used_columns = save_mark_used_columns;
|
||
|
thd->want_privilege = save_want_privilege;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("thd->mark_used_columns: %d", thd->mark_used_columns));
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
// TODO: Change this to use streams instead, to make it possible to skip
|
||
|
// temporary files etc. and write directly to a string if wanted.
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The code below is support routines for the reverse parsing of the
|
||
|
partitioning syntax. This feature is very useful to generate syntax for
|
||
|
all default values to avoid all default checking when opening the frm
|
||
|
file. It is also used when altering the partitioning by use of various
|
||
|
ALTER TABLE commands. Finally it is used for SHOW CREATE TABLES.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_write(File fptr, const char *buf, size_t len) {
|
||
|
size_t ret_code =
|
||
|
mysql_file_write(fptr, (const uchar *)buf, len, MYF(MY_FNABP));
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (likely(ret_code == 0))
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_string_object(File fptr, String *string) {
|
||
|
return add_write(fptr, string->ptr(), string->length());
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_string(File fptr, const char *string) {
|
||
|
return add_write(fptr, string, strlen(string));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_string_len(File fptr, const char *string, size_t len) {
|
||
|
return add_write(fptr, string, len);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_space(File fptr) { return add_string(fptr, space_str); }
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_comma(File fptr) { return add_string(fptr, comma_str); }
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_equal(File fptr) { return add_string(fptr, equal_str); }
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_end_parenthesis(File fptr) {
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, end_paren_str);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_begin_parenthesis(File fptr) {
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, begin_paren_str);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_part_key_word(File fptr, const char *key_string) {
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, key_string);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_partition(File fptr) {
|
||
|
char buff[22];
|
||
|
strxmov(buff, part_str, space_str, NullS);
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_subpartition(File fptr) {
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, sub_str);
|
||
|
|
||
|
return err + add_partition(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_partition_by(File fptr) {
|
||
|
char buff[22];
|
||
|
strxmov(buff, part_str, space_str, by_str, space_str, NullS);
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_subpartition_by(File fptr) {
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, sub_str);
|
||
|
|
||
|
return err + add_partition_by(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Append field list to string.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Used by KEY and COLUMNS partitioning.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param[in] thd Thread handle.
|
||
|
@param[in,out] str String to append.
|
||
|
@param[in] field_list List of field names to append.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return false if success, else true.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool append_field_list(THD *thd, String *str, List<char> field_list) {
|
||
|
uint i, num_fields;
|
||
|
|
||
|
List_iterator<char> part_it(field_list);
|
||
|
num_fields = field_list.elements;
|
||
|
i = 0;
|
||
|
ulonglong save_options = thd->variables.option_bits;
|
||
|
thd->variables.option_bits &= ~OPTION_QUOTE_SHOW_CREATE;
|
||
|
while (i < num_fields) {
|
||
|
const char *field_str = part_it++;
|
||
|
append_identifier(thd, str, field_str, strlen(field_str));
|
||
|
if (i != (num_fields - 1)) {
|
||
|
if (str->append(',')) {
|
||
|
thd->variables.option_bits = save_options;
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
i++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
thd->variables.option_bits = save_options;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_part_field_list(File fptr, List<char> field_list) {
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
THD *thd = current_thd;
|
||
|
String str("", 0, system_charset_info);
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
if (append_field_list(thd, &str, field_list)) {
|
||
|
err++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
err += add_string_object(fptr, &str);
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_ident_string(File fptr, const char *name) {
|
||
|
String name_string("", 0, system_charset_info);
|
||
|
append_identifier(current_thd, &name_string, name, strlen(name));
|
||
|
return add_string_object(fptr, &name_string);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_name_string(File fptr, const char *name) {
|
||
|
int err;
|
||
|
THD *thd = current_thd;
|
||
|
ulonglong save_options = thd->variables.option_bits;
|
||
|
thd->variables.option_bits &= ~OPTION_QUOTE_SHOW_CREATE;
|
||
|
err = add_ident_string(fptr, name);
|
||
|
thd->variables.option_bits = save_options;
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_int(File fptr, longlong number) {
|
||
|
char buff[32];
|
||
|
llstr(number, buff);
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_uint(File fptr, ulonglong number) {
|
||
|
char buff[32];
|
||
|
longlong2str(number, buff, 10);
|
||
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Must escape strings in partitioned tables frm-files,
|
||
|
parsing it later with mysql_unpack_partition will fail otherwise.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
static int add_quoted_string(File fptr, const char *quotestr) {
|
||
|
String orgstr(quotestr, system_charset_info);
|
||
|
String escapedstr;
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, "'");
|
||
|
err += append_escaped(&escapedstr, &orgstr);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, escapedstr.c_ptr_safe());
|
||
|
return err + add_string(fptr, "'");
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/** Truncate the partition file name from a path if it exists.
|
||
|
|
||
|
A partition file name will contain one or more '#' characters.
|
||
|
One of the occurrences of '#' will be either "#P#" or "#p#" depending
|
||
|
on whether the storage engine has converted the filename to lower case.
|
||
|
If we need to truncate the name, we will allocate a new string and replace
|
||
|
with, in case the original string was owned by something else.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param[in] root MEM_ROOT to allocate from. If NULL alter the string
|
||
|
directly.
|
||
|
@param[in,out] path Pointer to string to check and truncate.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
void truncate_partition_filename(MEM_ROOT *root, const char **path) {
|
||
|
if (*path) {
|
||
|
const char *last_slash = strrchr(*path, FN_LIBCHAR);
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||
|
if (!last_slash) last_slash = strrchr(*path, FN_LIBCHAR2);
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (last_slash) {
|
||
|
/* Look for a partition-type filename */
|
||
|
for (const char *pound = strchr(last_slash, '#'); pound;
|
||
|
pound = strchr(pound + 1, '#')) {
|
||
|
if ((pound[1] == 'P' || pound[1] == 'p') && pound[2] == '#') {
|
||
|
if (root == NULL) {
|
||
|
char *p = const_cast<char *>(last_slash);
|
||
|
*p = '\0';
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
*path = strmake_root(root, *path, last_slash - *path);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
@brief Output a filepath. Similar to add_keyword_string except it
|
||
|
also converts \ to / on Windows and skips the partition file name at
|
||
|
the end if found.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note When Mysql sends a DATA DIRECTORY from SQL for partitions it does
|
||
|
not use a file name, but it does for DATA DIRECTORY on a non-partitioned
|
||
|
table. So when the storage engine is asked for the DATA DIRECTORY string
|
||
|
after a restart through Handler::update_create_options(), the storage
|
||
|
engine may include the filename.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
static int add_keyword_path(File fptr, const char *keyword, const char *path) {
|
||
|
if (strlen(path) >= FN_REFLEN) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PATH_LENGTH, MYF(0), keyword);
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_equal(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
|
||
|
char temp_path[FN_REFLEN];
|
||
|
const char *temp_path_p[1];
|
||
|
temp_path_p[0] = temp_path;
|
||
|
strncpy(temp_path, path, FN_REFLEN - 1);
|
||
|
temp_path[FN_REFLEN - 1] = '\0';
|
||
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||
|
/* Convert \ to / to be able to create table on unix */
|
||
|
char *pos, *end;
|
||
|
size_t length = strlen(temp_path);
|
||
|
for (pos = temp_path, end = pos + length; pos < end; pos++) {
|
||
|
if (*pos == '\\') *pos = '/';
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If the partition file name with its "#P#" identifier
|
||
|
is found after the last slash, truncate that filename.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
truncate_partition_filename(NULL, temp_path_p);
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_quoted_string(fptr, temp_path);
|
||
|
|
||
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_keyword_string(File fptr, const char *keyword,
|
||
|
bool should_use_quotes, const char *keystr) {
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_equal(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
if (should_use_quotes)
|
||
|
err += add_quoted_string(fptr, keystr);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, keystr);
|
||
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_keyword_int(File fptr, const char *keyword, longlong num) {
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_equal(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, num);
|
||
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_engine(File fptr, handlerton *engine_type) {
|
||
|
const char *engine_str = ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type);
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(engine_type != NULL);
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("ENGINE: %s", engine_str));
|
||
|
int err = add_string(fptr, "ENGINE = ");
|
||
|
return err + add_string(fptr, engine_str);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_partition_options(File fptr, partition_element *p_elem) {
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->tablespace_name) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "TABLESPACE = ");
|
||
|
err += add_ident_string(fptr, p_elem->tablespace_name);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (p_elem->nodegroup_id != UNDEF_NODEGROUP)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_int(fptr, "NODEGROUP", (longlong)p_elem->nodegroup_id);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->part_max_rows)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_int(fptr, "MAX_ROWS", (longlong)p_elem->part_max_rows);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->part_min_rows)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_int(fptr, "MIN_ROWS", (longlong)p_elem->part_min_rows);
|
||
|
if (!(current_thd->variables.sql_mode & MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE)) {
|
||
|
if (p_elem->data_file_name)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_path(fptr, "DATA DIRECTORY", p_elem->data_file_name);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->index_file_name)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_path(fptr, "INDEX DIRECTORY", p_elem->index_file_name);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (p_elem->part_comment)
|
||
|
err += add_keyword_string(fptr, "COMMENT", true, p_elem->part_comment);
|
||
|
return err + add_engine(fptr, p_elem->engine_type);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check partition fields for result type and if they need
|
||
|
to check the character set.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_part_field()
|
||
|
sql_type Type provided by user
|
||
|
field_name Name of field, used for error handling
|
||
|
result_type Out value: Result type of field
|
||
|
need_cs_check Out value: Do we need character set check
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
false Ok
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int check_part_field(enum_field_types sql_type, const char *field_name,
|
||
|
Item_result *result_type, bool *need_cs_check) {
|
||
|
if (sql_type >= MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB && sql_type <= MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
switch (sql_type) {
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_INT24:
|
||
|
*result_type = INT_RESULT;
|
||
|
*need_cs_check = false;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATE:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIME:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2:
|
||
|
*result_type = STRING_RESULT;
|
||
|
*need_cs_check = true;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_STRING:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING:
|
||
|
*result_type = STRING_RESULT;
|
||
|
*need_cs_check = true;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NULL:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_BIT:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SET:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY:
|
||
|
goto error;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
goto error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
error:
|
||
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_TYPE_NOT_ALLOWED_AS_PARTITION_FIELD, MYF(0), field_name);
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Find the given field's Create_field object using name of field
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_sql_field()
|
||
|
field_name Field name
|
||
|
create_fields Info from ALTER TABLE/CREATE TABLE
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
sql_field Object filled in by parser about field
|
||
|
NULL No field found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static Create_field *get_sql_field(const char *field_name,
|
||
|
List<Create_field> *create_fields) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<Create_field> it(*create_fields);
|
||
|
Create_field *sql_field;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((sql_field = it++)) {
|
||
|
if (!(my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, sql_field->field_name,
|
||
|
field_name))) {
|
||
|
return sql_field;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
int expr_to_string(String *val_conv, Item *item_expr, Field *field,
|
||
|
const char *field_name, const HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
||
|
List<Create_field> *create_fields) {
|
||
|
char buffer[MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
|
||
|
String str(buffer, sizeof(buffer), &my_charset_bin);
|
||
|
String *res;
|
||
|
const CHARSET_INFO *field_cs;
|
||
|
bool need_cs_check = false;
|
||
|
Item_result result_type = STRING_RESULT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function is called at a very early stage, even before
|
||
|
we have prepared the sql_field objects. Thus we have to
|
||
|
find the proper sql_field object and get the character set
|
||
|
from that object.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (create_info) {
|
||
|
Create_field *sql_field;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!(sql_field = get_sql_field(field_name, create_fields))) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (check_part_field(sql_field->sql_type, sql_field->field_name,
|
||
|
&result_type, &need_cs_check))
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
if (need_cs_check)
|
||
|
field_cs = get_sql_field_charset(sql_field, create_info);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
field_cs = NULL;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
result_type = field->result_type();
|
||
|
if (check_part_field(field->real_type(), field->field_name, &result_type,
|
||
|
&need_cs_check))
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(result_type == field->result_type());
|
||
|
if (need_cs_check)
|
||
|
field_cs = field->charset();
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
field_cs = NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (result_type != item_expr->result_type()) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (field_cs && field_cs != item_expr->collation.collation) {
|
||
|
if (!(item_expr =
|
||
|
convert_charset_partition_constant(item_expr, field_cs))) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
val_conv->set_charset(system_charset_info);
|
||
|
res = item_expr->val_str(&str);
|
||
|
if (get_cs_converted_part_value_from_string(current_thd, item_expr, res,
|
||
|
val_conv, field_cs, false)) {
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_column_list_values(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
part_elem_value *list_value) {
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
uint i;
|
||
|
uint num_elements = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
bool use_parenthesis = (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST &&
|
||
|
part_info->num_columns > 1U);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (use_parenthesis) err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_elements; i++) {
|
||
|
part_column_list_val *col_val = &list_value->col_val_array[i];
|
||
|
if (col_val->max_value)
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_MAXVALUE].str);
|
||
|
else if (col_val->null_value)
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
char buffer[MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
|
||
|
String str(buffer, sizeof(buffer), &my_charset_bin);
|
||
|
Item *item_expr = col_val->item_expression;
|
||
|
if (!item_expr) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The values are not from the parser, but from the
|
||
|
dd::Partition_values table. See fill_partitioning_from_dd().
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(col_val->column_value.value_str);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, col_val->column_value.value_str);
|
||
|
} else if (item_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
String val_conv;
|
||
|
err += expr_to_string(&val_conv, item_expr,
|
||
|
part_info->part_field_array[i], NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||
|
err += add_string_object(fptr, &val_conv);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (i != (num_elements - 1)) err += add_string(fptr, comma_str);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (use_parenthesis) err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_partition_values(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
partition_element *p_elem) {
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, " VALUES LESS THAN ");
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> list_val_it(p_elem->list_val_list);
|
||
|
part_elem_value *list_value = list_val_it++;
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_column_list_values(fptr, part_info, list_value);
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (!p_elem->max_value) {
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->signed_flag)
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, p_elem->range_value);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
err += add_uint(fptr, p_elem->range_value);
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_MAXVALUE].str);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
uint i;
|
||
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> list_val_it(p_elem->list_val_list);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, " VALUES IN ");
|
||
|
uint num_items = p_elem->list_val_list.elements;
|
||
|
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
if (p_elem->has_null_value) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
||
|
if (num_items == 0) {
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
err += add_comma(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
i = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
part_elem_value *list_value = list_val_it++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
||
|
err += add_column_list_values(fptr, part_info, list_value);
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
if (!list_value->unsigned_flag)
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, list_value->value);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
err += add_uint(fptr, list_value->value);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (i != (num_items - 1)) err += add_comma(fptr);
|
||
|
} while (++i < num_items);
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Add 'KEY' word, with optional 'ALGORTIHM = N'.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param fptr File to write to.
|
||
|
@param part_info partition_info holding the used key_algorithm
|
||
|
@param current_comment_start NULL, or comment string encapsulating the
|
||
|
PARTITION BY clause.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Operation status.
|
||
|
@retval 0 Success
|
||
|
@retval != 0 Failure
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int add_key_with_algorithm(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
const char *current_comment_start) {
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_KEY].str);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
current_comment_start is given when called from SHOW CREATE TABLE,
|
||
|
Then only add ALGORITHM = 1, not the default 2 or non-set 0!
|
||
|
For .frm current_comment_start is NULL, then add ALGORITHM if != 0.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->key_algorithm ==
|
||
|
enum_key_algorithm::KEY_ALGORITHM_51 || // SHOW
|
||
|
(!current_comment_start && // .frm
|
||
|
(part_info->key_algorithm != enum_key_algorithm::KEY_ALGORITHM_NONE))) {
|
||
|
/* If we already are within a comment, end that comment first. */
|
||
|
if (current_comment_start) err += add_string(fptr, "*/ ");
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "/*!50611 ");
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_ALGORITHM].str);
|
||
|
err += add_equal(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, static_cast<longlong>(part_info->key_algorithm));
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "*/ ");
|
||
|
if (current_comment_start) {
|
||
|
/* Skip new line. */
|
||
|
if (current_comment_start[0] == '\n') current_comment_start++;
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, current_comment_start);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static char *get_file_content(File fptr, uint *buf_length, bool use_sql_alloc) {
|
||
|
my_off_t buffer_length;
|
||
|
char *buf;
|
||
|
buffer_length = mysql_file_seek(fptr, 0L, MY_SEEK_END, MYF(0));
|
||
|
if (unlikely(buffer_length == MY_FILEPOS_ERROR)) return NULL;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(mysql_file_seek(fptr, 0L, MY_SEEK_SET, MYF(0)) ==
|
||
|
MY_FILEPOS_ERROR))
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
*buf_length = (uint)buffer_length;
|
||
|
if (use_sql_alloc)
|
||
|
buf = (char *)(*THR_MALLOC)->Alloc(*buf_length + 1);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
buf = (char *)my_malloc(key_memory_partition_syntax_buffer, *buf_length + 1,
|
||
|
MYF(MY_WME));
|
||
|
if (!buf) return NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (unlikely(
|
||
|
mysql_file_read(fptr, (uchar *)buf, *buf_length, MYF(MY_FNABP)))) {
|
||
|
if (!use_sql_alloc) my_free(buf);
|
||
|
buf = NULL;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
buf[*buf_length] = 0;
|
||
|
return buf;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Generate the partition syntax from the partition data structure.
|
||
|
Useful for support of generating defaults, SHOW CREATE TABLES
|
||
|
and easy partition management.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info The partitioning data structure
|
||
|
@param buf_length A pointer to the returned buffer length
|
||
|
@param use_sql_alloc Allocate buffer from sql_alloc if true
|
||
|
otherwise use my_malloc
|
||
|
@param show_partition_options Should we display partition options
|
||
|
@param print_expr Indicates whether partitioning expressions
|
||
|
should be re-printed to get quoting according
|
||
|
to current sql_mode.
|
||
|
@param current_comment_start NULL, or comment string encapsulating the
|
||
|
PARTITION BY clause.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@retval NULL - error
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note
|
||
|
Here we will generate the full syntax for the given command where all
|
||
|
defaults have been expanded. By so doing the it is also possible to
|
||
|
make lots of checks of correctness while at it.
|
||
|
This could will also be reused for SHOW CREATE TABLES and also for all
|
||
|
type ALTER TABLE commands focusing on changing the PARTITION structure
|
||
|
in any fashion.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The implementation writes the syntax to a temporary file (essentially
|
||
|
an abstraction of a dynamic array) and if all writes goes well it
|
||
|
allocates a buffer and writes the syntax into this one and returns it.
|
||
|
|
||
|
As a security precaution the file is deleted before writing into it. This
|
||
|
means that no other processes on the machine can open and read the file
|
||
|
while this processing is ongoing.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The code is optimised for minimal code size since it is not used in any
|
||
|
common queries.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
char *generate_partition_syntax(partition_info *part_info, uint *buf_length,
|
||
|
bool use_sql_alloc, bool show_partition_options,
|
||
|
bool print_expr,
|
||
|
const char *current_comment_start) {
|
||
|
uint i, j, tot_num_parts, num_subparts;
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem;
|
||
|
int err = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
File fptr;
|
||
|
char *buf = NULL; // Return buffer
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!(fptr = mysql_tmpfile("psy"))) {
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_partition_by(fptr);
|
||
|
switch (part_info->part_type) {
|
||
|
case partition_type::RANGE:
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_RANGE].str);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
case partition_type::LIST:
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LIST].str);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
case partition_type::HASH:
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LINEAR].str);
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields) {
|
||
|
err += add_key_with_algorithm(fptr, part_info, current_comment_start);
|
||
|
err += add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->part_field_list);
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_HASH].str);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
/* We really shouldn't get here, no use in continuing from here */
|
||
|
my_error(ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES, MYF(ME_FATALERROR));
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_func_len) {
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
if (print_expr) {
|
||
|
// Default on-stack buffer which allows to avoid malloc() in most cases.
|
||
|
char expr_buff[256];
|
||
|
String tmp(expr_buff, sizeof(expr_buff), system_charset_info);
|
||
|
tmp.length(0);
|
||
|
|
||
|
// No point in including schema and table name for identifiers
|
||
|
// since any columns must be in this table.
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr->print(
|
||
|
current_thd, &tmp,
|
||
|
enum_query_type(QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET | QT_NO_DB | QT_NO_TABLE));
|
||
|
err += add_string_len(fptr, tmp.ptr(), tmp.length());
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
err += add_string_len(fptr, part_info->part_func_string,
|
||
|
part_info->part_func_len);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_COLUMNS].str);
|
||
|
err += add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->part_field_list);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if ((!part_info->use_default_num_partitions) &&
|
||
|
part_info->use_default_partitions) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "PARTITIONS ");
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_subpartition_by(fptr);
|
||
|
/* Must be hash partitioning for subpartitioning */
|
||
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LINEAR].str);
|
||
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields) {
|
||
|
err += add_key_with_algorithm(fptr, part_info, current_comment_start);
|
||
|
err += add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->subpart_field_list);
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
err += add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_HASH].str);
|
||
|
if (part_info->subpart_func_len) {
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
if (print_expr) {
|
||
|
// Default on-stack buffer which allows to avoid malloc() in most cases.
|
||
|
char expr_buff[256];
|
||
|
String tmp(expr_buff, sizeof(expr_buff), system_charset_info);
|
||
|
tmp.length(0);
|
||
|
|
||
|
// No point in including schema and table name for identifiers
|
||
|
// since any columns must be in this table.
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_expr->print(
|
||
|
current_thd, &tmp,
|
||
|
enum_query_type(QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET | QT_NO_DB | QT_NO_TABLE));
|
||
|
err += add_string_len(fptr, tmp.ptr(), tmp.length());
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
err += add_string_len(fptr, part_info->subpart_func_string,
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_func_len);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if ((!part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions) &&
|
||
|
part_info->use_default_subpartitions) {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "SUBPARTITIONS ");
|
||
|
err += add_int(fptr, part_info->num_subparts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
tot_num_parts = part_info->partitions.elements;
|
||
|
num_subparts = part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!part_info->use_default_partitions) {
|
||
|
bool first = true;
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
i = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
if (part_elem->part_state != PART_TO_BE_DROPPED &&
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state != PART_REORGED_DROPPED) {
|
||
|
if (!first) {
|
||
|
err += add_comma(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
first = false;
|
||
|
err += add_partition(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_name_string(fptr, part_elem->partition_name);
|
||
|
err += add_partition_values(fptr, part_info, part_elem);
|
||
|
if (!part_info->is_sub_partitioned() ||
|
||
|
part_info->use_default_subpartitions) {
|
||
|
if (show_partition_options)
|
||
|
err += add_partition_options(fptr, part_elem);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
||
|
partition_element *sub_elem;
|
||
|
j = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
sub_elem = sub_it++;
|
||
|
err += add_subpartition(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_name_string(fptr, sub_elem->partition_name);
|
||
|
if (show_partition_options)
|
||
|
err += add_partition_options(fptr, sub_elem);
|
||
|
if (j != (num_subparts - 1)) {
|
||
|
err += add_comma(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
err += add_space(fptr);
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
} while (++j < num_subparts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (i == (tot_num_parts - 1)) err += add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
||
|
} while (++i < tot_num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (err) goto close_file;
|
||
|
buf = get_file_content(fptr, buf_length, use_sql_alloc);
|
||
|
close_file:
|
||
|
if (buf == NULL) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_INTERNAL_ERROR, MYF(0), "Failed to generate partition syntax");
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
mysql_file_close(fptr, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return buf;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if partition key fields are modified and if it can be handled by the
|
||
|
underlying storage engine.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
partition_key_modified
|
||
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
||
|
fields Bitmap representing fields to be modified
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Need special handling of UPDATE
|
||
|
false Normal UPDATE handling is ok
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool partition_key_modified(TABLE *table, const MY_BITMAP *fields) {
|
||
|
Field **fld;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!part_info) return false;
|
||
|
if (table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
||
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_CAN_UPDATE_PARTITION_KEY))
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
for (fld = part_info->full_part_field_array; *fld; fld++)
|
||
|
if (bitmap_is_set(fields, (*fld)->field_index)) return true;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
A function to handle correct handling of NULL values in partition
|
||
|
functions.
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
part_val_int()
|
||
|
item_expr The item expression to evaluate
|
||
|
out:result The value of the partition function,
|
||
|
LLONG_MIN if any null value in function
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Error in val_int()
|
||
|
false ok
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static inline int part_val_int(Item *item_expr, longlong *result) {
|
||
|
*result = item_expr->val_int();
|
||
|
if (item_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
if (current_thd->is_error())
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
*result = LLONG_MIN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The next set of functions are used to calculate the partition identity.
|
||
|
A handler sets up a variable that corresponds to one of these functions
|
||
|
to be able to quickly call it whenever the partition id needs to calculated
|
||
|
based on the record in table->record[0] (or set up to fake that).
|
||
|
There are 4 functions for hash partitioning and 2 for RANGE/LIST partitions.
|
||
|
In addition there are 4 variants for RANGE subpartitioning and 4 variants
|
||
|
for LIST subpartitioning thus in total there are 14 variants of this
|
||
|
function.
|
||
|
|
||
|
We have a set of support functions for these 14 variants. There are 4
|
||
|
variants of hash functions and there is a function for each. The KEY
|
||
|
partitioning uses the function calculate_key_hash_value to calculate the hash
|
||
|
value based on an array of fields. The linear hash variants uses the
|
||
|
method get_part_id_from_linear_hash to get the partition id using the
|
||
|
hash value and some parameters calculated from the number of partitions.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
A simple support function to calculate part_id given local part and
|
||
|
sub part.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_for_sub()
|
||
|
loc_part_id Local partition id
|
||
|
sub_part_id Subpartition id
|
||
|
num_subparts Number of subparts
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
inline static uint32 get_part_id_for_sub(uint32 loc_part_id, uint32 sub_part_id,
|
||
|
uint num_subparts) {
|
||
|
return (uint32)((loc_part_id * num_subparts) + sub_part_id);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY HASH
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_hash()
|
||
|
num_parts Number of hash partitions
|
||
|
part_expr Item tree of hash function
|
||
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
||
|
out:func_value Value of hash function
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
!= 0 Error code
|
||
|
false Success
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_hash(uint num_parts, Item *part_expr, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
longlong int_hash_id;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_val_int(part_expr, func_value)) return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
|
||
|
int_hash_id = *func_value % num_parts;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*part_id = int_hash_id < 0 ? (uint32)-int_hash_id : (uint32)int_hash_id;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY LINEAR HASH
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_linear_hash()
|
||
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
||
|
desired information is given
|
||
|
num_parts Number of hash partitions
|
||
|
part_expr Item tree of hash function
|
||
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
||
|
out:func_value Value of hash function
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
!= 0 Error code
|
||
|
0 OK
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_linear_hash(partition_info *part_info, uint num_parts,
|
||
|
Item *part_expr, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_val_int(part_expr, func_value)) return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*part_id = get_part_id_from_linear_hash(
|
||
|
*func_value, part_info->linear_hash_mask, num_parts);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY KEY
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param file Handler to storage engine
|
||
|
@param field_array Array of fields for PARTTION KEY
|
||
|
@param num_parts Number of KEY partitions
|
||
|
@param [out] func_value Returns calculated hash value
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Calculated partition id
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
inline static uint32 get_part_id_key(handler *file, Field **field_array,
|
||
|
uint num_parts, longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
*func_value = file->calculate_key_hash_value(field_array);
|
||
|
return (uint32)(*func_value % num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY LINEAR KEY
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_linear_key()
|
||
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
||
|
desired information is given
|
||
|
field_array Array of fields for PARTTION KEY
|
||
|
num_parts Number of KEY partitions
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
Calculated partition id
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
inline static uint32 get_part_id_linear_key(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
Field **field_array, uint num_parts,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*func_value = part_info->table->file->calculate_key_hash_value(field_array);
|
||
|
return get_part_id_from_linear_hash(*func_value, part_info->linear_hash_mask,
|
||
|
num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Copy to field buffers and set up field pointers
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers()
|
||
|
ptr Array of fields to copy
|
||
|
field_bufs Array of field buffers to copy to
|
||
|
restore_ptr Array of pointers to restore to
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This routine is used to take the data from field pointer, convert
|
||
|
it to a standard format and store this format in a field buffer
|
||
|
allocated for this purpose. Next the field pointers are moved to
|
||
|
point to the field buffers. There is a separate to restore the
|
||
|
field pointers after this call.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void copy_to_part_field_buffers(Field **ptr, uchar **field_bufs,
|
||
|
uchar **restore_ptr) {
|
||
|
Field *field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
*restore_ptr = field->ptr;
|
||
|
restore_ptr++;
|
||
|
if (!field->maybe_null() || !field->is_null()) {
|
||
|
const CHARSET_INFO *cs = field->charset();
|
||
|
uint max_len = field->pack_length();
|
||
|
uint data_len = field->data_length();
|
||
|
uchar *field_buf = *field_bufs;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We only use the field buffer for VARCHAR and CHAR strings
|
||
|
which isn't of a binary collation. We also only use the
|
||
|
field buffer for fields which are not currently NULL.
|
||
|
The field buffer will store a normalised string. We use
|
||
|
the strnxfrm method to normalise the string.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR) {
|
||
|
uint len_bytes = ((Field_varstring *)field)->length_bytes;
|
||
|
my_strnxfrm(cs, field_buf + len_bytes, max_len, field->ptr + len_bytes,
|
||
|
data_len);
|
||
|
if (len_bytes == 1)
|
||
|
*field_buf = (uchar)data_len;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
int2store(field_buf, data_len);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
my_strnxfrm(cs, field_buf, max_len, field->ptr, max_len);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
field->ptr = field_buf;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
field_bufs++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Restore field pointers
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
restore_part_field_pointers()
|
||
|
ptr Array of fields to restore
|
||
|
restore_ptr Array of field pointers to restore to
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void restore_part_field_pointers(Field **ptr, uchar **restore_ptr) {
|
||
|
Field *field;
|
||
|
while ((field = *(ptr++))) {
|
||
|
field->ptr = *restore_ptr;
|
||
|
restore_ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function is used to calculate the partition id where all partition
|
||
|
fields have been prepared to point to a record where the partition field
|
||
|
values are bound.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_partition_id()
|
||
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
||
|
desired information is given
|
||
|
out:part_id The partition id is returned through this pointer
|
||
|
out:func_value Value of partition function (longlong)
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
part_id Partition id of partition that would contain
|
||
|
row with given values of PF-fields
|
||
|
HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND The fields of the partition function didn't
|
||
|
fit into any partition and thus the values of
|
||
|
the PF-fields are not allowed.
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
A routine used from write_row, update_row and delete_row from any
|
||
|
handler supporting partitioning. It is also a support routine for
|
||
|
get_partition_set used to find the set of partitions needed to scan
|
||
|
for a certain index scan or full table scan.
|
||
|
|
||
|
It is actually 9 different variants of this function which are called
|
||
|
through a function pointer.
|
||
|
|
||
|
get_partition_id_list
|
||
|
get_partition_id_list_col
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range_col
|
||
|
get_partition_id_hash_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_key_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_with_sub
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function is used to calculate the main partition to use in the case of
|
||
|
subpartitioning and we don't know enough to get the partition identity in
|
||
|
total.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_partition_id()
|
||
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
||
|
desired information is given
|
||
|
out:part_id The partition id is returned through this pointer
|
||
|
out:func_value The value calculated by partition function
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND The fields of the partition function didn't
|
||
|
fit into any partition and thus the values of
|
||
|
the PF-fields are not allowed.
|
||
|
0 OK
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
|
||
|
It is actually 8 different variants of this function which are called
|
||
|
through a function pointer.
|
||
|
|
||
|
get_partition_id_list
|
||
|
get_partition_id_list_col
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range_col
|
||
|
get_partition_id_hash_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_key_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_part(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
int res;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_charset_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
res =
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset(part_info, part_id, func_value);
|
||
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_charset_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_subpart(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
int res;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->subpart_charset_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_field_buffers,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_subpart_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
res = part_info->get_subpartition_id_charset(part_info, part_id);
|
||
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->subpart_charset_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_subpart_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_list_col(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *) {
|
||
|
part_column_list_val *list_col_array = part_info->list_col_array;
|
||
|
uint num_columns = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
int list_index, cmp;
|
||
|
int min_list_index = 0;
|
||
|
int max_list_index = part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (max_list_index >= min_list_index) {
|
||
|
list_index = (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
||
|
cmp = cmp_rec_and_tuple(list_col_array + list_index * num_columns,
|
||
|
num_columns);
|
||
|
if (cmp > 0)
|
||
|
min_list_index = list_index + 1;
|
||
|
else if (cmp < 0) {
|
||
|
if (!list_index) goto notfound;
|
||
|
max_list_index = list_index - 1;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
*part_id = (uint32)list_col_array[list_index * num_columns].partition_id;
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
notfound:
|
||
|
*part_id = 0;
|
||
|
return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_list(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
LIST_PART_ENTRY *list_array = part_info->list_array;
|
||
|
int list_index;
|
||
|
int min_list_index = 0;
|
||
|
int max_list_index = part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
||
|
longlong part_func_value;
|
||
|
int error = part_val_int(part_info->part_expr, &part_func_value);
|
||
|
longlong list_value;
|
||
|
bool unsigned_flag = part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (error) goto notfound;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->has_null_value) {
|
||
|
*part_id = part_info->has_null_part_id;
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto notfound;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*func_value = part_func_value;
|
||
|
if (unsigned_flag) part_func_value -= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
||
|
while (max_list_index >= min_list_index) {
|
||
|
list_index = (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
||
|
list_value = list_array[list_index].list_value;
|
||
|
if (list_value < part_func_value)
|
||
|
min_list_index = list_index + 1;
|
||
|
else if (list_value > part_func_value) {
|
||
|
if (!list_index) goto notfound;
|
||
|
max_list_index = list_index - 1;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
*part_id = (uint32)list_array[list_index].partition_id;
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
notfound:
|
||
|
*part_id = 0;
|
||
|
return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint,
|
||
|
uint32 nparts) {
|
||
|
part_column_list_val *list_col_array = part_info->list_col_array;
|
||
|
uint num_columns = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
uint list_index;
|
||
|
uint min_list_index = 0;
|
||
|
int cmp;
|
||
|
/* Notice that max_list_index = last_index + 1 here! */
|
||
|
uint max_list_index = part_info->num_list_values;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Find the matching partition (including taking endpoint into account). */
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
/* Midpoint, adjusted down, so it can never be >= max_list_index. */
|
||
|
list_index = (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
||
|
cmp = cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(list_col_array + list_index * num_columns,
|
||
|
nparts, left_endpoint, include_endpoint);
|
||
|
if (cmp > 0) {
|
||
|
min_list_index = list_index + 1;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
max_list_index = list_index;
|
||
|
if (cmp == 0) break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (max_list_index > min_list_index);
|
||
|
list_index = max_list_index;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Given value must be LESS THAN or EQUAL to the found partition. */
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(
|
||
|
list_index == part_info->num_list_values ||
|
||
|
(0 >= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(list_col_array + list_index * num_columns,
|
||
|
nparts, left_endpoint, include_endpoint)));
|
||
|
/* Given value must be GREATER THAN the previous partition. */
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(list_index == 0 ||
|
||
|
(0 < cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(
|
||
|
list_col_array + (list_index - 1) * num_columns, nparts,
|
||
|
left_endpoint, include_endpoint)));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Include the right endpoint if not already passed end of array. */
|
||
|
if (!left_endpoint && include_endpoint && cmp == 0 &&
|
||
|
list_index < part_info->num_list_values)
|
||
|
list_index++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
return list_index;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Find the sub-array part_info->list_array that corresponds to given interval.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info Partitioning info (partitioning type must be LIST)
|
||
|
@param left_endpoint true - the interval is [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)
|
||
|
false - the interval is (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)
|
||
|
@param include_endpoint true iff the interval includes the endpoint
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function finds the sub-array of part_info->list_array where values of
|
||
|
list_array[idx].list_value are contained within the specifed interval.
|
||
|
list_array is ordered by list_value, so
|
||
|
1. For [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)-type intervals (left_endpoint==true), the
|
||
|
sought sub-array starts at some index idx and continues till array end.
|
||
|
The function returns first number idx, such that
|
||
|
list_array[idx].list_value is contained within the passed interval.
|
||
|
|
||
|
2. For (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)-type intervals (left_endpoint==false), the
|
||
|
sought sub-array starts at array start and continues till some last
|
||
|
index idx.
|
||
|
The function returns first number idx, such that
|
||
|
list_array[idx].list_value is NOT contained within the passed interval.
|
||
|
If all array elements are contained, part_info->num_list_values is
|
||
|
returned.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note The caller will call this function and then will run along the
|
||
|
sub-array of list_array to collect partition ids. If the number of list
|
||
|
values is significantly higher then number of partitions, this could be slow
|
||
|
and we could invent some other approach. The "run over list array" part is
|
||
|
already wrapped in a get_next()-like function.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return The index of corresponding sub-array of part_info->list_array.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint_charset(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint) {
|
||
|
uint32 res;
|
||
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
res = get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(part_info, left_endpoint,
|
||
|
include_endpoint);
|
||
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint) {
|
||
|
LIST_PART_ENTRY *list_array = part_info->list_array;
|
||
|
uint list_index;
|
||
|
uint min_list_index = 0, max_list_index = part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
||
|
longlong list_value;
|
||
|
/* Get the partitioning function value for the endpoint */
|
||
|
longlong part_func_value =
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr->val_int_endpoint(left_endpoint, &include_endpoint);
|
||
|
bool unsigned_flag = part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Special handling for MONOTONIC functions that can return NULL for
|
||
|
values that are comparable. I.e.
|
||
|
'2000-00-00' can be compared to '2000-01-01' but TO_DAYS('2000-00-00')
|
||
|
returns NULL which cannot be compared used <, >, <=, >= etc.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Otherwise, just return the the first index (lowest value).
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
||
|
monotonic = part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
||
|
if (monotonic != MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL &&
|
||
|
monotonic != MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL) {
|
||
|
/* F(col) can not return NULL, return index with lowest value */
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (unsigned_flag) part_func_value -= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_list_values);
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
list_index = (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
||
|
list_value = list_array[list_index].list_value;
|
||
|
if (list_value < part_func_value)
|
||
|
min_list_index = list_index + 1;
|
||
|
else if (list_value > part_func_value) {
|
||
|
if (!list_index) goto notfound;
|
||
|
max_list_index = list_index - 1;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
return list_index + ((left_endpoint ^ include_endpoint) ? 1 : 0);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (max_list_index >= min_list_index);
|
||
|
notfound:
|
||
|
if (list_value < part_func_value) list_index++;
|
||
|
return list_index;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_range_col(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *) {
|
||
|
part_column_list_val *range_col_array = part_info->range_col_array;
|
||
|
uint num_columns = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
uint max_partition = part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
||
|
uint min_part_id = 0;
|
||
|
uint max_part_id = max_partition;
|
||
|
uint loc_part_id;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id) {
|
||
|
loc_part_id = (max_part_id + min_part_id + 1) >> 1;
|
||
|
if (cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
||
|
num_columns) >= 0)
|
||
|
min_part_id = loc_part_id + 1;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
max_part_id = loc_part_id - 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
loc_part_id = max_part_id;
|
||
|
if (loc_part_id != max_partition)
|
||
|
if (cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
||
|
num_columns) >= 0)
|
||
|
loc_part_id++;
|
||
|
*part_id = (uint32)loc_part_id;
|
||
|
if (loc_part_id == max_partition &&
|
||
|
(cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
||
|
num_columns) >= 0))
|
||
|
return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("exit", ("partition: %d", *part_id));
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
int get_partition_id_range(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
longlong *range_array = part_info->range_int_array;
|
||
|
uint max_partition = part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
||
|
uint min_part_id = 0;
|
||
|
uint max_part_id = max_partition;
|
||
|
uint loc_part_id;
|
||
|
longlong part_func_value;
|
||
|
int error = part_val_int(part_info->part_expr, &part_func_value);
|
||
|
bool unsigned_flag = part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (error) return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
*part_id = 0;
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*func_value = part_func_value;
|
||
|
if (unsigned_flag) part_func_value -= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
||
|
/* Search for the partition containing part_func_value */
|
||
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id) {
|
||
|
loc_part_id = (max_part_id + min_part_id) / 2;
|
||
|
if (range_array[loc_part_id] <= part_func_value)
|
||
|
min_part_id = loc_part_id + 1;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
max_part_id = loc_part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
loc_part_id = max_part_id;
|
||
|
*part_id = (uint32)loc_part_id;
|
||
|
if (loc_part_id == max_partition &&
|
||
|
part_func_value >= range_array[loc_part_id] &&
|
||
|
!part_info->defined_max_value)
|
||
|
return HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("exit", ("partition: %d", *part_id));
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Find the sub-array of part_info->range_int_array that covers given interval
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint()
|
||
|
part_info Partitioning info (partitioning type must be RANGE)
|
||
|
left_endpoint true - the interval is [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)
|
||
|
false - the interval is (-inf; a] or (-inf; a).
|
||
|
include_endpoint true <=> the endpoint itself is included in the
|
||
|
interval
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function finds the sub-array of part_info->range_int_array where the
|
||
|
elements have non-empty intersections with the given interval.
|
||
|
|
||
|
A range_int_array element at index idx represents the interval
|
||
|
|
||
|
[range_int_array[idx-1], range_int_array[idx]),
|
||
|
|
||
|
intervals are disjoint and ordered by their right bound, so
|
||
|
|
||
|
1. For [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)-type intervals (left_endpoint==true), the
|
||
|
sought sub-array starts at some index idx and continues till array end.
|
||
|
The function returns first number idx, such that the interval
|
||
|
represented by range_int_array[idx] has non empty intersection with
|
||
|
the passed interval.
|
||
|
|
||
|
2. For (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)-type intervals (left_endpoint==false), the
|
||
|
sought sub-array starts at array start and continues till some last
|
||
|
index idx.
|
||
|
The function returns first number idx, such that the interval
|
||
|
represented by range_int_array[idx] has EMPTY intersection with the
|
||
|
passed interval.
|
||
|
If the interval represented by the last array element has non-empty
|
||
|
intersection with the passed interval, part_info->num_parts is
|
||
|
returned.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN
|
||
|
The edge of corresponding part_info->range_int_array sub-array.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint_charset(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool left_endpoint, bool include_endpoint) {
|
||
|
uint32 res;
|
||
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
res = get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(part_info, left_endpoint,
|
||
|
include_endpoint);
|
||
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint) {
|
||
|
longlong *range_array = part_info->range_int_array;
|
||
|
longlong part_end_val;
|
||
|
uint max_partition = part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
||
|
uint min_part_id = 0, max_part_id = max_partition, loc_part_id;
|
||
|
/* Get the partitioning function value for the endpoint */
|
||
|
longlong part_func_value =
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr->val_int_endpoint(left_endpoint, &include_endpoint);
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool unsigned_flag = part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Special handling for MONOTONIC functions that can return NULL for
|
||
|
values that are comparable. I.e.
|
||
|
'2000-00-00' can be compared to '2000-01-01' but TO_DAYS('2000-00-00')
|
||
|
returns NULL which cannot be compared used <, >, <=, >= etc.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Otherwise, just return the first partition
|
||
|
(may be included if not left endpoint)
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
||
|
monotonic = part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
||
|
if (monotonic != MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL &&
|
||
|
monotonic != MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL) {
|
||
|
/* F(col) can not return NULL, return partition with lowest value */
|
||
|
if (!left_endpoint && include_endpoint) return 1;
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (unsigned_flag) part_func_value -= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
||
|
if (left_endpoint && !include_endpoint) part_func_value++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Search for the partition containing part_func_value
|
||
|
(including the right endpoint).
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id) {
|
||
|
loc_part_id = (max_part_id + min_part_id) / 2;
|
||
|
if (range_array[loc_part_id] < part_func_value)
|
||
|
min_part_id = loc_part_id + 1;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
max_part_id = loc_part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
loc_part_id = max_part_id;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Adjust for endpoints */
|
||
|
part_end_val = range_array[loc_part_id];
|
||
|
if (left_endpoint) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(
|
||
|
part_func_value > part_end_val
|
||
|
? (loc_part_id == max_partition && !part_info->defined_max_value)
|
||
|
: 1);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
In case of PARTITION p VALUES LESS THAN MAXVALUE
|
||
|
the maximum value is in the current (last) partition.
|
||
|
If value is equal or greater than the endpoint,
|
||
|
the range starts from the next partition.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_func_value >= part_end_val &&
|
||
|
(loc_part_id < max_partition || !part_info->defined_max_value))
|
||
|
loc_part_id++;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/* if 'WHERE <= X' and partition is LESS THAN (X) include next partition */
|
||
|
if (include_endpoint && loc_part_id < max_partition &&
|
||
|
part_func_value == part_end_val)
|
||
|
loc_part_id++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Right endpoint, set end after correct partition */
|
||
|
loc_part_id++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return loc_part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
return get_part_id_hash(part_info->num_parts, part_info->part_expr, part_id,
|
||
|
func_value);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
return get_part_id_linear_hash(part_info, part_info->num_parts,
|
||
|
part_info->part_expr, part_id, func_value);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id, longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
*part_id =
|
||
|
get_part_id_key(part_info->table->file, part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->num_parts, func_value);
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
*part_id = get_part_id_linear_key(part_info, part_info->part_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->num_parts, func_value);
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_with_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
|
||
|
longlong *func_value) {
|
||
|
uint32 loc_part_id, sub_part_id;
|
||
|
uint num_subparts;
|
||
|
int error;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (unlikely((error = part_info->get_part_partition_id(
|
||
|
part_info, &loc_part_id, func_value)))) {
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
num_subparts = part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(
|
||
|
(error = part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, &sub_part_id)))) {
|
||
|
return error;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*part_id = get_part_id_for_sub(loc_part_id, sub_part_id, num_subparts);
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function is used to calculate the subpartition id
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_subpartition_id()
|
||
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
||
|
desired information is given
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
part_id The subpartition identity
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
A routine used in some SELECT's when only partial knowledge of the
|
||
|
partitions is known.
|
||
|
|
||
|
It is actually 4 different variants of this function which are called
|
||
|
through a function pointer.
|
||
|
|
||
|
get_partition_id_hash_sub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_key_sub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub
|
||
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_sub
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
return get_part_id_hash(part_info->num_subparts, part_info->subpart_expr,
|
||
|
part_id, &func_value);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
return get_part_id_linear_hash(part_info, part_info->num_subparts,
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_expr, part_id, &func_value);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_key_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
*part_id =
|
||
|
get_part_id_key(part_info->table->file, part_info->subpart_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->num_subparts, &func_value);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
*part_id = get_part_id_linear_key(part_info, part_info->subpart_field_array,
|
||
|
part_info->num_subparts, &func_value);
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set an indicator on all partition fields that are set by the key
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_PF_fields_in_key()
|
||
|
key_info Information about the index
|
||
|
key_length Length of key
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Found partition field set by key
|
||
|
false No partition field set by key
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool set_PF_fields_in_key(KEY *key_info, uint key_length) {
|
||
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
||
|
bool found_part_field = false;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (key_part = key_info->key_part; (int)key_length > 0; key_part++) {
|
||
|
if (key_part->null_bit) key_length--;
|
||
|
if (key_part->type == HA_KEYTYPE_BIT) {
|
||
|
if (((Field_bit *)key_part->field)->bit_len) key_length--;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (key_part->key_part_flag & (HA_BLOB_PART + HA_VAR_LENGTH_PART)) {
|
||
|
key_length -= HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (key_length < key_part->length) break;
|
||
|
key_length -= key_part->length;
|
||
|
if (key_part->field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG) {
|
||
|
found_part_field = true;
|
||
|
key_part->field->flags |= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return found_part_field;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We have found that at least one partition field was set by a key, now
|
||
|
check if a partition function has all its fields bound or not.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_part_func_bound()
|
||
|
ptr Array of fields NULL terminated (partition fields)
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true All fields in partition function are set
|
||
|
false Not all fields in partition function are set
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool check_part_func_bound(Field **ptr) {
|
||
|
bool result = true;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (; *ptr; ptr++) {
|
||
|
if (!((*ptr)->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG)) {
|
||
|
result = false;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Get the id of the subpartitioning part by using the key buffer of the
|
||
|
index scan.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_sub_part_id_from_key()
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
||
|
key_info The index object
|
||
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
||
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true All fields in partition function are set
|
||
|
false Not all fields in partition function are set
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers and
|
||
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_sub_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf,
|
||
|
KEY *key_info, const key_range *key_spec,
|
||
|
uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
uchar *rec0 = table->record[0];
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
int res;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
key_restore(buf, key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
||
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf)) {
|
||
|
res = part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, part_id);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
Field **part_field_array = part_info->subpart_field_array;
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
||
|
res = part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, part_id);
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Get the id of the partitioning part by using the key buffer of the
|
||
|
index scan.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_id_from_key()
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
||
|
key_info The index object
|
||
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
||
|
out:part_id Partition to use
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
true Partition to use not found
|
||
|
false Ok, part_id indicates partition to use
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers and
|
||
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool get_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, KEY *key_info,
|
||
|
const key_range *key_spec, uint32 *part_id) {
|
||
|
bool result;
|
||
|
uchar *rec0 = table->record[0];
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
key_restore(buf, key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
||
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf)) {
|
||
|
result = part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, part_id, &func_value);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
Field **part_field_array = part_info->part_field_array;
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
||
|
result = part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, part_id, &func_value);
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Get the partitioning id of the full PF by using the key buffer of the
|
||
|
index scan.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_full_part_id_from_key()
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
buf A buffer that is used to evaluate the partition function
|
||
|
key_info The index object
|
||
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
||
|
out:part_spec A partition id containing start part and end part
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
part_spec
|
||
|
No partitions to scan is indicated by end_part > start_part when returning
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers if needed and
|
||
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void get_full_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, KEY *key_info,
|
||
|
const key_range *key_spec,
|
||
|
part_id_range *part_spec) {
|
||
|
bool result;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
uchar *rec0 = table->record[0];
|
||
|
longlong func_value;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
key_restore(buf, key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
||
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf)) {
|
||
|
result = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_spec->start_part,
|
||
|
&func_value);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
Field **part_field_array = part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
||
|
result = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_spec->start_part,
|
||
|
&func_value);
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_spec->end_part = part_spec->start_part;
|
||
|
if (unlikely(result)) part_spec->start_part++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
@brief Verify that all rows in a table is in the given partition
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param table Table which contains the data that will be checked if
|
||
|
it is matching the partition definition.
|
||
|
@param part_table Partitioned table containing the partition to check.
|
||
|
@param part_id Which partition to match with.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Operation status
|
||
|
@retval true Not all rows match the given partition
|
||
|
@retval false OK
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
bool verify_data_with_partition(TABLE *table, TABLE *part_table,
|
||
|
uint32 part_id) {
|
||
|
uint32 found_part_id;
|
||
|
longlong func_value; /* Unused */
|
||
|
handler *file;
|
||
|
int error;
|
||
|
uchar *old_rec;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(table && table->file && part_table && part_table->part_info &&
|
||
|
part_table->file);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Verify all table rows.
|
||
|
First implementation uses full scan + evaluates partition functions for
|
||
|
every row. TODO: add optimization to use index if possible, see WL#5397.
|
||
|
|
||
|
1) Open both tables (already done) and set the row buffers to use
|
||
|
the same buffer (to avoid copy).
|
||
|
2) Init rnd on table.
|
||
|
3) loop over all rows.
|
||
|
3.1) verify that partition_id on the row is correct. Break if error.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
file = table->file;
|
||
|
part_info = part_table->part_info;
|
||
|
bitmap_union(table->read_set, &part_info->full_part_field_set);
|
||
|
old_rec = part_table->record[0];
|
||
|
part_table->record[0] = table->record[0];
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_info->full_part_field_array, table->record[0], old_rec);
|
||
|
if ((error = file->ha_rnd_init(true))) {
|
||
|
file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
if ((error = file->ha_rnd_next(table->record[0]))) {
|
||
|
if (error == HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED) continue;
|
||
|
if (error == HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE)
|
||
|
error = 0;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if ((error = part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &found_part_id,
|
||
|
&func_value))) {
|
||
|
part_info->err_value = func_value;
|
||
|
part_table->file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DEBUG_SYNC(current_thd, "swap_partition_first_row_read");
|
||
|
if (found_part_id != part_id) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
error = 1;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (true);
|
||
|
(void)file->ha_rnd_end();
|
||
|
err:
|
||
|
set_field_ptr(part_info->full_part_field_array, old_rec, table->record[0]);
|
||
|
part_table->record[0] = old_rec;
|
||
|
if (error) return true;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Prune the set of partitions to use in query
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
prune_partition_set()
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
out:part_spec Contains start part, end part
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function is called to prune the range of partitions to scan by
|
||
|
checking the read_partitions bitmap.
|
||
|
If start_part > end_part at return it means no partition needs to be
|
||
|
scanned. If start_part == end_part it always means a single partition
|
||
|
needs to be scanned.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
part_spec
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
void prune_partition_set(const TABLE *table, part_id_range *part_spec) {
|
||
|
int last_partition = -1;
|
||
|
uint i = part_spec->start_part;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (i)
|
||
|
i = bitmap_get_next_set(&part_info->read_partitions, i - 1);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
i = bitmap_get_first_set(&part_info->read_partitions);
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = i;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* TODO: Only check next bit, no need to prune end if >= 2 partitions. */
|
||
|
for (; i <= part_spec->end_part;
|
||
|
i = bitmap_get_next_set(&part_info->read_partitions, i)) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Partition %d is set", i));
|
||
|
if (last_partition == -1)
|
||
|
/* First partition found in set and pruned bitmap */
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = i;
|
||
|
last_partition = i;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (last_partition == -1) /* No partition found in pruned bitmap */
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = part_spec->end_part + 1;
|
||
|
else // if (last_partition != -1)
|
||
|
part_spec->end_part = last_partition;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Get the set of partitions to use in query.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_partition_set()
|
||
|
table The table object
|
||
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
||
|
index The index of the key used, if MAX_KEY no index used
|
||
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
||
|
out:part_spec Contains start part, end part and indicator if bitmap is
|
||
|
used for which partitions to scan
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This function is called to discover which partitions to use in an index
|
||
|
scan or a full table scan.
|
||
|
It returns a range of partitions to scan. If there are holes in this
|
||
|
range with partitions that are not needed to scan a bit array is used
|
||
|
to signal which partitions to use and which not to use.
|
||
|
If start_part > end_part at return it means no partition needs to be
|
||
|
scanned. If start_part == end_part it always means a single partition
|
||
|
needs to be scanned.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
part_spec
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
void get_partition_set(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, const uint index,
|
||
|
const key_range *key_spec, part_id_range *part_spec) {
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
uint num_parts = part_info->get_tot_partitions();
|
||
|
uint i, part_id;
|
||
|
uint sub_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
uint32 part_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
KEY *key_info = NULL;
|
||
|
bool found_part_field = false;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = 0;
|
||
|
part_spec->end_part = num_parts - 1;
|
||
|
if ((index < MAX_KEY) && key_spec &&
|
||
|
key_spec->flag == (uint)HA_READ_KEY_EXACT &&
|
||
|
part_info->some_fields_in_PF.is_set(index)) {
|
||
|
key_info = table->key_info + index;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The index can potentially provide at least one PF-field (field in the
|
||
|
partition function). Thus it is interesting to continue our probe.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (key_spec->length == key_info->key_length) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The entire key is set so we can check whether we can immediately
|
||
|
derive either the complete PF or if we can derive either
|
||
|
the top PF or the subpartitioning PF. This can be established by
|
||
|
checking precalculated bits on each index.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->all_fields_in_PF.is_set(index)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We can derive the exact partition to use, no more than this one
|
||
|
is needed.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
get_full_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec, part_spec);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.is_set(index)) {
|
||
|
if (get_sub_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec,
|
||
|
&sub_part)) {
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.is_set(index)) {
|
||
|
if (get_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec,
|
||
|
&part_part)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The value of the RANGE or LIST partitioning was outside of
|
||
|
allowed values. Thus it is certain that the result of this
|
||
|
scan will be empty.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set an indicator on all partition fields that are bound.
|
||
|
If at least one PF-field was bound it pays off to check whether
|
||
|
the PF or PPF or SPF has been bound.
|
||
|
(PF = Partition Function, SPF = Subpartition Function and
|
||
|
PPF = Partition Function part of subpartitioning)
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if ((found_part_field =
|
||
|
set_PF_fields_in_key(key_info, key_spec->length))) {
|
||
|
if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->full_part_field_array)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We were able to bind all fields in the partition function even
|
||
|
by using only a part of the key. Calculate the partition to use.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
get_full_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec, part_spec);
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->subpart_field_array)) {
|
||
|
if (get_sub_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec,
|
||
|
&sub_part)) {
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->part_field_array)) {
|
||
|
if (get_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec,
|
||
|
&part_part)) {
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = num_parts;
|
||
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
||
|
return;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The next step is to analyse the table condition to see whether any
|
||
|
information about which partitions to scan can be derived from there.
|
||
|
Currently not implemented.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If we come here we have found a range of sorts we have either discovered
|
||
|
nothing or we have discovered a range of partitions with possible holes
|
||
|
in it. We need a bitvector to further the work here.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (!(part_part == num_parts && sub_part == num_parts)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We can only arrive here if we are using subpartitioning.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_part != num_parts) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We know the top partition and need to scan all underlying
|
||
|
subpartitions. This is a range without holes.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(sub_part == num_parts);
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = part_part * part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
part_spec->end_part = part_spec->start_part + part_info->num_subparts - 1;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(sub_part != num_parts);
|
||
|
part_spec->start_part = sub_part;
|
||
|
part_spec->end_part =
|
||
|
sub_part + (part_info->num_subparts * (part_info->num_parts - 1));
|
||
|
for (i = 0, part_id = sub_part; i < part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
i++, part_id += part_info->num_subparts)
|
||
|
; // Set bit part_id in bit array
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (found_part_field) clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If the table is partitioned we will read the partition info into the
|
||
|
.frm file here.
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Fileinfo 64 bytes |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Formnames 7 bytes |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Not used 4021 bytes |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Keyinfo + record |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Padded to next multiple |
|
||
|
| of IO_SIZE |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Forminfo 288 bytes |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Screen buffer, to make |
|
||
|
|field names readable |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Packed field info |
|
||
|
|17 + 1 + strlen(field_name) |
|
||
|
| + 1 end of file character |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
| Partition info |
|
||
|
-------------------------------
|
||
|
We provide the length of partition length in Fileinfo[55-58].
|
||
|
|
||
|
Read the partition syntax from the frm file and parse it to get the
|
||
|
data structures of the partitioning.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
mysql_unpack_partition()
|
||
|
thd Thread object
|
||
|
part_buf Partition info from frm file
|
||
|
part_info_len Length of partition syntax
|
||
|
table Table object of partitioned table
|
||
|
create_table_ind Is it called from CREATE TABLE
|
||
|
default_db_type What is the default engine of the table
|
||
|
work_part_info_used Flag is raised if we don't create new
|
||
|
part_info, but used thd->work_part_info
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
false Sucess
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Read the partition syntax from the current position in the frm file.
|
||
|
Initiate a LEX object, save the list of item tree objects to free after
|
||
|
the query is done. Set-up partition info object such that parser knows
|
||
|
it is called from internally. Call parser to create data structures
|
||
|
(best possible recreation of item trees and so forth since there is no
|
||
|
serialisation of these objects other than in parseable text format).
|
||
|
We need to save the text of the partition functions since it is not
|
||
|
possible to retrace this given an item tree.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool mysql_unpack_partition(THD *thd, char *part_buf, uint part_info_len,
|
||
|
TABLE *table, bool is_create_table_ind,
|
||
|
handlerton *default_db_type,
|
||
|
bool *work_part_info_used) {
|
||
|
bool result = true;
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info;
|
||
|
const CHARSET_INFO *old_character_set_client =
|
||
|
thd->variables.character_set_client;
|
||
|
LEX *old_lex = thd->lex;
|
||
|
LEX lex;
|
||
|
SELECT_LEX_UNIT unit(CTX_NONE);
|
||
|
SELECT_LEX select(nullptr, nullptr);
|
||
|
lex.new_static_query(&unit, &select);
|
||
|
|
||
|
sql_digest_state *parent_digest = thd->m_digest;
|
||
|
PSI_statement_locker *parent_locker = thd->m_statement_psi;
|
||
|
Partition_handler *part_handler;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
thd->variables.character_set_client = system_charset_info;
|
||
|
// This isn't strictly needed, but here for consistency.
|
||
|
Sql_mode_parse_guard parse_guard(thd);
|
||
|
|
||
|
Partition_expr_parser_state parser_state;
|
||
|
if (parser_state.init(thd, part_buf, part_info_len)) goto end;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (init_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, &lex)) goto end;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
All Items created is put into a free list on the THD object. This list
|
||
|
is used to free all Item objects after completing a query. We don't
|
||
|
want that to happen with the Item tree created as part of the partition
|
||
|
info. This should be attached to the table object and remain so until
|
||
|
the table object is released.
|
||
|
Thus we move away the current list temporarily and start a new list that
|
||
|
we then save in the partition info structure.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
*work_part_info_used = false;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Parse: %s", part_buf));
|
||
|
|
||
|
thd->m_digest = NULL;
|
||
|
thd->m_statement_psi = NULL;
|
||
|
if (parse_sql(thd, &parser_state, NULL) ||
|
||
|
parser_state.result->fix_parser_data(thd)) {
|
||
|
thd->free_items();
|
||
|
thd->m_digest = parent_digest;
|
||
|
thd->m_statement_psi = parent_locker;
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_info = parser_state.result;
|
||
|
thd->m_digest = parent_digest;
|
||
|
thd->m_statement_psi = parent_locker;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The parsed syntax residing in the frm file can still contain defaults.
|
||
|
The reason is that the frm file is sometimes saved outside of this
|
||
|
MySQL Server and used in backup and restore of clusters or partitioned
|
||
|
tables. It is not certain that the restore will restore exactly the
|
||
|
same default partitioning.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The easiest manner of handling this is to simply continue using the
|
||
|
part_info we already built up during mysql_create_table if we are
|
||
|
in the process of creating a table. If the table already exists we
|
||
|
need to discover the number of partitions for the default parts. Since
|
||
|
the handler object hasn't been created here yet we need to postpone this
|
||
|
to the fix_partition_func method.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Successful parse"));
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info",
|
||
|
("default engine = %s, default_db_type = %s",
|
||
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(part_info->default_engine_type),
|
||
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(default_db_type)));
|
||
|
if (is_create_table_ind && old_lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
When we come here we are doing a create table. In this case we
|
||
|
have already done some preparatory work on the old part_info
|
||
|
object. We don't really need this new partition_info object.
|
||
|
Thus we go back to the old partition info object.
|
||
|
We need to free any memory objects allocated on item_free_list
|
||
|
by the parser since we are keeping the old info from the first
|
||
|
parser call in CREATE TABLE.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This table object can not be used any more. However, since
|
||
|
this is CREATE TABLE, we know that it will be destroyed by the
|
||
|
caller, and rely on that.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
thd->free_items();
|
||
|
part_info = thd->work_part_info;
|
||
|
*work_part_info_used = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
table->part_info = part_info;
|
||
|
part_info->table = table;
|
||
|
part_handler = table->file->get_partition_handler();
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_handler != NULL);
|
||
|
part_handler->set_part_info(part_info, true);
|
||
|
if (!part_info->default_engine_type)
|
||
|
part_info->default_engine_type = default_db_type;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type == default_db_type);
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type->db_type != DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN);
|
||
|
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This code part allocates memory for the serialised item information for
|
||
|
the partition functions. In most cases this is not needed but if the
|
||
|
table is used for SHOW CREATE TABLES or ALTER TABLE that modifies
|
||
|
partition information it is needed and the info is lost if we don't
|
||
|
save it here so unfortunately we have to do it here even if in most
|
||
|
cases it is not needed. This is a consequence of that item trees are
|
||
|
not serialisable.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
size_t part_func_len = part_info->part_func_len;
|
||
|
size_t subpart_func_len = part_info->subpart_func_len;
|
||
|
char *part_func_string = NULL;
|
||
|
char *subpart_func_string = NULL;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
TODO: Verify that it really should be allocated on the thd?
|
||
|
Or simply remove it and use part_expr->print() instead?
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if ((part_func_len &&
|
||
|
!((part_func_string = (char *)thd->alloc(part_func_len)))) ||
|
||
|
(subpart_func_len &&
|
||
|
!((subpart_func_string = (char *)thd->alloc(subpart_func_len))))) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(part_func_len);
|
||
|
thd->free_items();
|
||
|
goto end;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_func_len)
|
||
|
memcpy(part_func_string, part_info->part_func_string, part_func_len);
|
||
|
if (subpart_func_len)
|
||
|
memcpy(subpart_func_string, part_info->subpart_func_string,
|
||
|
subpart_func_len);
|
||
|
part_info->part_func_string = part_func_string;
|
||
|
part_info->subpart_func_string = subpart_func_string;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
result = false;
|
||
|
end:
|
||
|
end_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, old_lex);
|
||
|
thd->variables.character_set_client = old_character_set_client;
|
||
|
return result;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set engine type on all partition element objects
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_engine_all_partitions()
|
||
|
part_info Partition info
|
||
|
engine_type Handlerton reference of engine
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_engine_all_partitions(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
handlerton *engine_type) {
|
||
|
uint i = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_elem->engine_type = engine_type;
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
||
|
uint j = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *sub_elem = sub_it++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
sub_elem->engine_type = engine_type;
|
||
|
} while (++j < part_info->num_subparts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++i < part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We need to check if engine used by all partitions can handle
|
||
|
partitioning natively.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
check_native_partitioned()
|
||
|
create_info Create info in CREATE TABLE
|
||
|
out:ret_val Return value
|
||
|
part_info Partition info
|
||
|
thd Thread object
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
Value returned in bool ret_value
|
||
|
true Native partitioning supported by engine
|
||
|
false Need to use partition handler
|
||
|
|
||
|
Return value from function
|
||
|
true Error
|
||
|
false Success
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static bool check_native_partitioned(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, bool *ret_val,
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, THD *thd) {
|
||
|
bool table_engine_set;
|
||
|
handlerton *engine_type = part_info->default_engine_type;
|
||
|
handlerton *old_engine_type = engine_type;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE) {
|
||
|
table_engine_set = true;
|
||
|
engine_type = create_info->db_type;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
table_engine_set = false;
|
||
|
if (thd->lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE) {
|
||
|
table_engine_set = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info",
|
||
|
("engine_type = %s, table_engine_set = %u",
|
||
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type), table_engine_set));
|
||
|
if (part_info->check_engine_mix(engine_type, table_engine_set)) goto error;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
All engines are of the same type. Check if this engine supports
|
||
|
native partitioning.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!engine_type) engine_type = old_engine_type;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info",
|
||
|
("engine_type = %s", ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type)));
|
||
|
if (engine_type->partition_flags) {
|
||
|
create_info->db_type = engine_type;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Changed to native partitioning"));
|
||
|
*ret_val = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
error:
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Mixed engines not yet supported but when supported it will need
|
||
|
the partition handler
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
my_error(ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
*ret_val = false;
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Set part_state for all partitions to given state.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param tab_part_info partition_info holding all partitions.
|
||
|
@param part_state Which state to set for the named partitions.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void set_all_part_state(partition_info *tab_part_info,
|
||
|
enum partition_state part_state) {
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state = part_state;
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
||
|
partition_element *sub_elem;
|
||
|
while ((sub_elem = sub_it++)) {
|
||
|
sub_elem->part_state = part_state;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Sets which partitions to be used in the command.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param alter_info Alter_info pointer holding partition names and flags.
|
||
|
@param tab_part_info partition_info holding all partitions.
|
||
|
@param part_state Which state to set for the named partitions.
|
||
|
@param include_subpartitions Also include subpartitions in the search.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Operation status
|
||
|
@retval false Success
|
||
|
@retval true Failure
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool set_part_state(Alter_info *alter_info, partition_info *tab_part_info,
|
||
|
enum partition_state part_state,
|
||
|
bool include_subpartitions) {
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0;
|
||
|
uint num_parts_found = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
if ((alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ALL_PARTITION) ||
|
||
|
(is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
||
|
alter_info->partition_names))) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Mark the partition.
|
||
|
I.e mark the partition as a partition to be "changed" by
|
||
|
analyzing/optimizing/rebuilding/checking/repairing/...
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
num_parts_found++;
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state = part_state;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Setting part_state to %u for partition %s",
|
||
|
part_state, part_elem->partition_name));
|
||
|
} else if (include_subpartitions && tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
||
|
partition_element *sub_elem;
|
||
|
while ((sub_elem = sub_it++)) {
|
||
|
if (is_name_in_list(sub_elem->partition_name,
|
||
|
alter_info->partition_names)) {
|
||
|
num_parts_found++;
|
||
|
sub_elem->part_state = part_state;
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Setting part_state to %u for subpartition %s",
|
||
|
part_state, sub_elem->partition_name));
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
sub_elem->part_state = PART_NORMAL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state = PART_NORMAL;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state = PART_NORMAL;
|
||
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (num_parts_found != alter_info->partition_names.elements &&
|
||
|
!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ALL_PARTITION)) {
|
||
|
/* Not all given partitions found, revert and return failure */
|
||
|
set_all_part_state(tab_part_info, PART_NORMAL);
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
@brief Check if partition is exchangable with table by checking table options
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param table_create_info Table options from table.
|
||
|
@param part_elem All the info of the partition.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@retval false if they are equal, otherwise true.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note Any differens that would cause a change in the frm file is prohibited.
|
||
|
Such options as data_file_name, index_file_name, min_rows, max_rows etc. are
|
||
|
not allowed to differ. But comment is allowed to differ.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
bool compare_partition_options(HA_CREATE_INFO *table_create_info,
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem) {
|
||
|
#define MAX_COMPARE_PARTITION_OPTION_ERRORS 5
|
||
|
const char *option_diffs[MAX_COMPARE_PARTITION_OPTION_ERRORS + 1];
|
||
|
int i, errors = 0;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
// TODO: Add test for EXCHANGE PARTITION with TABLESPACES!
|
||
|
// Then if all works, simply remove the check for TABLESPACE (and eventually
|
||
|
// DATA/INDEX DIRECTORY too).
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Note that there are not yet any engine supporting tablespace together
|
||
|
with partitioning. TODO: when there are, add compare.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_elem->tablespace_name || table_create_info->tablespace)
|
||
|
option_diffs[errors++] = "TABLESPACE";
|
||
|
if (part_elem->part_max_rows != table_create_info->max_rows)
|
||
|
option_diffs[errors++] = "MAX_ROWS";
|
||
|
if (part_elem->part_min_rows != table_create_info->min_rows)
|
||
|
option_diffs[errors++] = "MIN_ROWS";
|
||
|
if (part_elem->index_file_name || table_create_info->index_file_name)
|
||
|
option_diffs[errors++] = "INDEX DIRECTORY";
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < errors; i++)
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_DIFFERENT_OPTION, MYF(0), option_diffs[i]);
|
||
|
return errors != 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Prepare for ALTER TABLE of partition structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param[in] thd Thread object
|
||
|
@param[in] table Table object
|
||
|
@param[in,out] alter_info Alter information
|
||
|
@param[in,out] create_info Create info for CREATE TABLE
|
||
|
@param[in] alter_ctx ALTER TABLE runtime context
|
||
|
@param[out] partition_changed Boolean indicating whether partition changed
|
||
|
@param[out] new_part_info New partition_info object if in-place alter
|
||
|
which requires mark-up in partition_info is
|
||
|
possible.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Operation status
|
||
|
@retval true Error
|
||
|
@retval false Success
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note
|
||
|
This method handles all preparations for ALTER TABLE for partitioned
|
||
|
tables.
|
||
|
We need to handle both partition management command such as Add Partition
|
||
|
and others here as well as an ALTER TABLE that completely changes the
|
||
|
partitioning and yet others that don't change anything at all. We start
|
||
|
by checking the partition management variants and then check the general
|
||
|
change patterns.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
uint prep_alter_part_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Alter_info *alter_info,
|
||
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
||
|
Alter_table_ctx *alter_ctx MY_ATTRIBUTE((unused)),
|
||
|
bool *partition_changed,
|
||
|
partition_info **new_part_info) {
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(new_part_info);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remove partitioning on a not partitioned table is not possible */
|
||
|
if (!table->part_info &&
|
||
|
(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REMOVE_PARTITIONING)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (thd->work_part_info &&
|
||
|
!(thd->work_part_info = thd->lex->part_info->get_clone(thd, true)))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ALTER_ADMIN_PARTITION is handled in mysql_admin_table */
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADMIN_PARTITION));
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags &
|
||
|
(Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION | Alter_info::ALTER_DROP_PARTITION |
|
||
|
Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION |
|
||
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION | Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG |
|
||
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION)) {
|
||
|
partition_info *tab_part_info;
|
||
|
partition_info *alt_part_info = thd->work_part_info;
|
||
|
uint flags = 0;
|
||
|
bool is_last_partition_reorged = false;
|
||
|
part_elem_value *tab_max_elem_val = NULL;
|
||
|
part_elem_value *alt_max_elem_val = NULL;
|
||
|
longlong tab_max_range = 0, alt_max_range = 0;
|
||
|
Partition_handler *part_handler = table->file->get_partition_handler();
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!table->part_info) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!part_handler) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Open our intermediate table, we will operate on a temporary instance
|
||
|
of the original table, to be able to skip copying all partitions.
|
||
|
Open it as a copy of the original table, and modify its partition_info
|
||
|
object to allow in-place ALTER implementation to perform the changes.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(thd->mdl_context.owns_equal_or_stronger_lock(
|
||
|
MDL_key::TABLE, alter_ctx->db, alter_ctx->table_name,
|
||
|
MDL_INTENTION_EXCLUSIVE));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We will operate on a cached instance of the original table,
|
||
|
to be able to skip copying all non-changed partitions
|
||
|
while allowing concurrent access.
|
||
|
|
||
|
We create a new partition_info object which will carry
|
||
|
the new state of the partitions. It will only be temporary
|
||
|
attached to the handler when needed and then detached afterwards
|
||
|
(through handler::set_part_info()). That way it will not get reused
|
||
|
by next statement, even if the table object is reused due to LOCK TABLE.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
tab_part_info = table->part_info->get_full_clone(thd);
|
||
|
if (!tab_part_info) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(sizeof(partition_info));
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG) {
|
||
|
uint new_part_no, curr_part_no;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
'ALTER TABLE t REORG PARTITION' only allowed with auto partition
|
||
|
if default partitioning is used.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type != partition_type::HASH ||
|
||
|
((table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION) &&
|
||
|
!tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions) ||
|
||
|
((!(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() &
|
||
|
HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION)) &&
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
new_part_no = part_handler->get_default_num_partitions(create_info);
|
||
|
curr_part_no = tab_part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
if (new_part_no == curr_part_no) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
No change is needed, we will have the same number of partitions
|
||
|
after the change as before. Thus we can reply ok immediately
|
||
|
without any changes at all.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
flags = part_handler->alter_flags(alter_info->flags);
|
||
|
if (flags & HA_INPLACE_CHANGE_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
*new_part_info = tab_part_info;
|
||
|
/* Force table re-open for consistency with the main case. */
|
||
|
table->m_needs_reopen = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info = tab_part_info;
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
} else if (new_part_no > curr_part_no) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We will add more partitions, we use the ADD PARTITION without
|
||
|
setting the flag for no default number of partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
alter_info->flags |= Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION;
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info->num_parts = new_part_no - curr_part_no;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We will remove hash partitions, we use the COALESCE PARTITION
|
||
|
without setting the flag for no default number of partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
alter_info->flags |= Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION;
|
||
|
alter_info->num_parts = curr_part_no - new_part_no;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!(flags = part_handler->alter_flags(alter_info->flags))) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (flags & HA_INPLACE_CHANGE_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
"Inplace" change of partitioning is supported in this
|
||
|
case. We will change TABLE::part_info (as this is how we pass
|
||
|
information to storage engine in this case), so the table
|
||
|
must be reopened.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
*new_part_info = tab_part_info;
|
||
|
table->m_needs_reopen = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("*fast_alter_table flags: 0x%x", flags));
|
||
|
if ((alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION) ||
|
||
|
(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION)) {
|
||
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type != tab_part_info->part_type) {
|
||
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == partition_type::NONE) {
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), "RANGE");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
} else if (tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), "LIST");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Hash partitions can be altered without parser finds out about
|
||
|
that it is HASH partitioned. So no error here.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0), "RANGE",
|
||
|
"LESS THAN");
|
||
|
} else if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(thd->work_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0), "LIST", "IN");
|
||
|
} else if (tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0), "RANGE",
|
||
|
"LESS THAN");
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST);
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0), "LIST", "IN");
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if ((tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_columns != tab_part_info->num_columns) ||
|
||
|
(!tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
||
|
(tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE ||
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) &&
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_columns != 1U) ||
|
||
|
(!tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::HASH &&
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_columns != 0)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_COLUMN_LIST_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
alt_part_info->column_list = tab_part_info->column_list;
|
||
|
if (alt_part_info->fix_parser_data(thd)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We start by moving the new partitions to the list of temporary
|
||
|
partitions. We will then check that the new partitions fit in the
|
||
|
partitioning scheme as currently set-up.
|
||
|
Partitions are always added at the end in ADD PARTITION.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
uint num_new_partitions = alt_part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
uint num_orig_partitions = tab_part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
uint check_total_partitions = num_new_partitions + num_orig_partitions;
|
||
|
uint new_total_partitions = check_total_partitions;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We allow quite a lot of values to be supplied by defaults, however we
|
||
|
must know the number of new partitions in this case.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog &&
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type != partition_type::HASH) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->defined_max_value) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_new_partitions == 0) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
if (alt_part_info->num_subparts == 0)
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts = tab_part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
else if (alt_part_info->num_subparts != tab_part_info->num_subparts) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
check_total_partitions =
|
||
|
new_total_partitions * alt_part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (check_total_partitions > MAX_PARTITIONS) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
alt_part_info->part_type = tab_part_info->part_type;
|
||
|
alt_part_info->subpart_type = tab_part_info->subpart_type;
|
||
|
if (alt_part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(
|
||
|
part_handler, 0ULL, tab_part_info->num_parts)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Handling of on-line cases:
|
||
|
|
||
|
ADD PARTITION for RANGE/LIST PARTITIONING:
|
||
|
------------------------------------------
|
||
|
For range and list partitions add partition is simply adding a
|
||
|
new empty partition to the table. If the handler support this we
|
||
|
will use the simple method of doing this. The figure below shows
|
||
|
an example of this and the states involved in making this change.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Existing partitions New added
|
||
|
partitions
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
||
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | | p4 | | p5 |
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_ADDED*2
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED*2
|
||
|
|
||
|
The first line is the states before adding the new partitions and the
|
||
|
second line is after the new partitions are added. All the partitions are
|
||
|
in the partitions list, no partitions are placed in the temp_partitions
|
||
|
list.
|
||
|
|
||
|
ADD PARTITION for HASH PARTITIONING
|
||
|
-----------------------------------
|
||
|
This little figure tries to show the various partitions involved when
|
||
|
adding two new partitions to a linear hash based partitioned table with
|
||
|
four partitions to start with, which lists are used and the states they
|
||
|
pass through. Adding partitions to a normal hash based is similar except
|
||
|
that it is always all the existing partitions that are reorganised not
|
||
|
only a subset of them.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Existing partitions New added
|
||
|
partitions
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
||
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | | p4 | | p5 |
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
||
|
PART_CHANGED PART_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_ADDED
|
||
|
PART_IS_CHANGED*2 PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED
|
||
|
|
||
|
Reorganised existing partitions
|
||
|
------ ------
|
||
|
| | | |
|
||
|
| p0'| | p1'|
|
||
|
------ ------
|
||
|
|
||
|
p0 - p5 will be in the partitions list of partitions.
|
||
|
p0' and p1' will actually not exist as separate objects, there presence
|
||
|
can be deduced from the state of the partition and also the names of those
|
||
|
partitions can be deduced this way.
|
||
|
|
||
|
After adding the partitions and copying the partition data to p0', p1',
|
||
|
p4 and p5 from p0 and p1 the states change to adapt for the new situation
|
||
|
where p0 and p1 is dropped and replaced by p0' and p1' and the new p4 and
|
||
|
p5 are in the table again.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The first line above shows the states of the partitions before we start
|
||
|
adding and copying partitions, the second after completing the adding
|
||
|
and copying and finally the third line after also dropping the partitions
|
||
|
that are reorganised.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info && tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::HASH) {
|
||
|
uint part_no = 0, start_part = 1, start_sec_part = 1;
|
||
|
uint end_part = 0, end_sec_part = 0;
|
||
|
uint upper_2n = tab_part_info->linear_hash_mask + 1;
|
||
|
uint lower_2n = upper_2n >> 1;
|
||
|
bool all_parts = true;
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->linear_hash_ind && num_new_partitions < upper_2n) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
An analysis of which parts needs reorganisation shows that it is
|
||
|
divided into two intervals. The first interval is those parts
|
||
|
that are reorganised up until upper_2n - 1. From upper_2n and
|
||
|
onwards it starts again from partition 0 and goes on until
|
||
|
it reaches p(upper_2n - 1). If the last new partition reaches
|
||
|
beyond upper_2n - 1 then the first interval will end with
|
||
|
p(lower_2n - 1) and start with p(num_orig_partitions - lower_2n).
|
||
|
If lower_2n partitions are added then p0 to p(lower_2n - 1) will
|
||
|
be reorganised which means that the two interval becomes one
|
||
|
interval at this point. Thus only when adding less than
|
||
|
lower_2n partitions and going beyond a total of upper_2n we
|
||
|
actually get two intervals.
|
||
|
|
||
|
To exemplify this assume we have 6 partitions to start with and
|
||
|
add 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 partitions.
|
||
|
The first to add after p5 is p6 = 110 in bit numbers. Thus we
|
||
|
can see that 10 = p2 will be partition to reorganise if only one
|
||
|
partition.
|
||
|
If 2 partitions are added we reorganise [p2, p3]. Those two
|
||
|
cases are covered by the second if part below.
|
||
|
If 3 partitions are added we reorganise [p2, p3] U [p0,p0]. This
|
||
|
part is covered by the else part below.
|
||
|
If 5 partitions are added we get [p2,p3] U [p0, p2] = [p0, p3].
|
||
|
This is covered by the first if part where we need the max check
|
||
|
to here use lower_2n - 1.
|
||
|
If 7 partitions are added we get [p2,p3] U [p0, p4] = [p0, p4].
|
||
|
This is covered by the first if part but here we use the first
|
||
|
calculated end_part.
|
||
|
Finally with 9 new partitions we would also reorganise p6 if we
|
||
|
used the method below but we cannot reorganise more partitions
|
||
|
than what we had from the start and thus we simply set all_parts
|
||
|
to true. In this case we don't get into this if-part at all.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
all_parts = false;
|
||
|
if (num_new_partitions >= lower_2n) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
In this case there is only one interval since the two intervals
|
||
|
overlap and this starts from zero to last_part_no - upper_2n
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
start_part = 0;
|
||
|
end_part = new_total_partitions - (upper_2n + 1);
|
||
|
end_part = max(lower_2n - 1, end_part);
|
||
|
} else if (new_total_partitions <= upper_2n) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Also in this case there is only one interval since we are not
|
||
|
going over a 2**n boundary
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
start_part = num_orig_partitions - lower_2n;
|
||
|
end_part = start_part + (num_new_partitions - 1);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/* We have two non-overlapping intervals since we are not
|
||
|
passing a 2**n border and we have not at least lower_2n
|
||
|
new parts that would ensure that the intervals become
|
||
|
overlapping.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
start_part = num_orig_partitions - lower_2n;
|
||
|
end_part = upper_2n - 1;
|
||
|
start_sec_part = 0;
|
||
|
end_sec_part = new_total_partitions - (upper_2n + 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> tab_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
part_no = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *p_elem = tab_it++;
|
||
|
if (all_parts || (part_no >= start_part && part_no <= end_part) ||
|
||
|
(part_no >= start_sec_part && part_no <= end_sec_part)) {
|
||
|
p_elem->part_state = PART_CHANGED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++part_no < num_orig_partitions);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Need to concatenate the lists here to make it possible to check the
|
||
|
partition info for correctness using check_partition_info.
|
||
|
For on-line add partition we set the state of this partition to
|
||
|
PART_TO_BE_ADDED to ensure that it is known that it is not yet
|
||
|
usable (becomes usable when partition is created and the switch of
|
||
|
partition configuration is made.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> alt_it(alt_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = alt_it++;
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info) part_elem->part_state = PART_TO_BE_ADDED;
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->partitions.push_back(part_elem)) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(1);
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++part_count < num_new_partitions);
|
||
|
tab_part_info->num_parts += num_new_partitions;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If we specify partitions explicitly we don't use defaults anymore.
|
||
|
Using ADD PARTITION also means that we don't have the default number
|
||
|
of partitions anymore. We use this code also for Table reorganisations
|
||
|
and here we don't set any default flags to false.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG)) {
|
||
|
if (!alt_part_info->use_default_partitions) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("part_info: %p", tab_part_info));
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_partitions = false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions = false;
|
||
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned = false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_DROP_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Drop a partition from a range partition and list partitioning is
|
||
|
always safe and can be made more or less immediate. It is necessary
|
||
|
however to ensure that the partition to be removed is safely removed
|
||
|
and that REPAIR TABLE can remove the partition if for some reason the
|
||
|
command to drop the partition failed in the middle.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0;
|
||
|
uint num_parts_dropped = alter_info->partition_names.elements;
|
||
|
uint num_parts_found = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
|
||
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned = false;
|
||
|
if (!(tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE ||
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION, MYF(0), "DROP");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_parts_dropped >= tab_part_info->num_parts) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
if (is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
||
|
alter_info->partition_names)) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set state to indicate that the partition is to be dropped.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
num_parts_found++;
|
||
|
part_elem->part_state = PART_TO_BE_DROPPED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
if (num_parts_found != num_parts_dropped) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "DROP");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (table->file->is_fk_defined_on_table_or_index(MAX_KEY)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
tab_part_info->num_parts -= num_parts_dropped;
|
||
|
} else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
set_engine_all_partitions(tab_part_info,
|
||
|
tab_part_info->default_engine_type);
|
||
|
if (set_part_state(alter_info, tab_part_info, PART_CHANGED, false)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "REBUILD");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!(*new_part_info)) {
|
||
|
table->file->print_error(HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
uint num_parts_coalesced = alter_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
uint num_parts_remain = tab_part_info->num_parts - num_parts_coalesced;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type != partition_type::HASH) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_parts_coalesced == 0) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (num_parts_coalesced >= tab_part_info->num_parts) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Online handling:
|
||
|
COALESCE PARTITION:
|
||
|
-------------------
|
||
|
The figure below shows the manner in which partitions are handled when
|
||
|
performing an on-line coalesce partition and which states they go through
|
||
|
at start, after adding and copying partitions and finally after dropping
|
||
|
the partitions to drop. The figure shows an example using four partitions
|
||
|
to start with, using linear hash and coalescing one partition (always the
|
||
|
last partition).
|
||
|
|
||
|
Using linear hash then all remaining partitions will have a new
|
||
|
reorganised part.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Existing partitions Coalesced partition
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ | ------
|
||
|
| | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | | p3 |
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ | ------
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_REORGED_DROPPED
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_IS_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_DROPPED
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_DROPPED
|
||
|
|
||
|
Reorganised existing partitions
|
||
|
------
|
||
|
| |
|
||
|
| p1'|
|
||
|
------
|
||
|
|
||
|
p0 - p3 is in the partitions list.
|
||
|
The p1' partition will actually not be in any list it is deduced from the
|
||
|
state of p1.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0, start_part = 1, start_sec_part = 1;
|
||
|
uint end_part = 0, end_sec_part = 0;
|
||
|
bool all_parts = true;
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info && tab_part_info->linear_hash_ind) {
|
||
|
uint upper_2n = tab_part_info->linear_hash_mask + 1;
|
||
|
uint lower_2n = upper_2n >> 1;
|
||
|
all_parts = false;
|
||
|
if (num_parts_coalesced >= lower_2n) {
|
||
|
all_parts = true;
|
||
|
} else if (num_parts_remain >= lower_2n) {
|
||
|
end_part = tab_part_info->num_parts - (lower_2n + 1);
|
||
|
start_part = num_parts_remain - lower_2n;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
start_part = 0;
|
||
|
end_part = tab_part_info->num_parts - (lower_2n + 1);
|
||
|
end_sec_part = (lower_2n >> 1) - 1;
|
||
|
start_sec_part = end_sec_part - (lower_2n - (num_parts_remain + 1));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *p_elem = part_it++;
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info &&
|
||
|
(all_parts ||
|
||
|
(part_count >= start_part && part_count <= end_part) ||
|
||
|
(part_count >= start_sec_part && part_count <= end_sec_part)))
|
||
|
p_elem->part_state = PART_CHANGED;
|
||
|
if (++part_count > num_parts_remain) {
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info)
|
||
|
p_elem->part_state = PART_REORGED_DROPPED;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_it.remove();
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
tab_part_info->num_parts = num_parts_remain;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG)) {
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions = false;
|
||
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned = false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Reorganise partitions takes a number of partitions that are next
|
||
|
to each other (at least for RANGE PARTITIONS) and then uses those
|
||
|
to create a set of new partitions. So data is copied from those
|
||
|
partitions into the new set of partitions. Those new partitions
|
||
|
can have more values in the LIST value specifications or less both
|
||
|
are allowed. The ranges can be different but since they are
|
||
|
changing a set of consecutive partitions they must cover the same
|
||
|
range as those changed from.
|
||
|
This command can be used on RANGE and LIST partitions.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
uint num_parts_reorged = alter_info->partition_names.elements;
|
||
|
uint num_parts_new = thd->work_part_info->partitions.elements;
|
||
|
uint check_total_partitions;
|
||
|
|
||
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned = false;
|
||
|
if (num_parts_reorged > tab_part_info->num_parts) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!(tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE ||
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) &&
|
||
|
(num_parts_new != num_parts_reorged)) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned() && alt_part_info->num_subparts &&
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts != tab_part_info->num_subparts) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
check_total_partitions = tab_part_info->num_parts + num_parts_new;
|
||
|
check_total_partitions -= num_parts_reorged;
|
||
|
if (check_total_partitions > MAX_PARTITIONS) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
alt_part_info->part_type = tab_part_info->part_type;
|
||
|
alt_part_info->subpart_type = tab_part_info->subpart_type;
|
||
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts = tab_part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!alt_part_info->use_default_partitions);
|
||
|
/* We specified partitions explicitly so don't use defaults anymore. */
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_partitions = false;
|
||
|
if (alt_part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(part_handler, 0ULL,
|
||
|
0)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Online handling:
|
||
|
REORGANIZE PARTITION:
|
||
|
---------------------
|
||
|
The figure exemplifies the handling of partitions, their state changes and
|
||
|
how they are organised. It exemplifies four partitions where two of the
|
||
|
partitions are reorganised (p1 and p2) into two new partitions (p4 and
|
||
|
p5). The reason of this change could be to change range limits, change
|
||
|
list values or for hash partitions simply reorganise the partition which
|
||
|
could also involve moving them to new disks or new node groups (MySQL
|
||
|
Cluster).
|
||
|
|
||
|
Existing partitions
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------
|
||
|
| | | | | | | |
|
||
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 |
|
||
|
------ ------ ------ ------
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_REORGED PART_NORMAL
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_DROPPED PART_NORMAL
|
||
|
PART_NORMAL PART_IS_DROPPED PART_NORMAL
|
||
|
|
||
|
Reorganised new partitions (replacing p1 and p2)
|
||
|
------ ------
|
||
|
| | | |
|
||
|
| p4 | | p5 |
|
||
|
------ ------
|
||
|
PART_TO_BE_ADDED
|
||
|
PART_IS_ADDED
|
||
|
PART_IS_ADDED
|
||
|
|
||
|
All unchanged partitions and the new partitions are in the partitions list
|
||
|
in the order they will have when the change is completed. The reorganised
|
||
|
partitions are placed in the temp_partitions list. PART_IS_ADDED is only a
|
||
|
temporary state not written in the frm file. It is used to ensure we write
|
||
|
the generated partition syntax in a correct manner.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> tab_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
uint part_count = 0;
|
||
|
bool found_first = false;
|
||
|
bool found_last = false;
|
||
|
uint drop_count = 0;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
partition_element *part_elem = tab_it++;
|
||
|
is_last_partition_reorged = false;
|
||
|
if (is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
||
|
alter_info->partition_names)) {
|
||
|
is_last_partition_reorged = true;
|
||
|
drop_count++;
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> p(part_elem->list_val_list);
|
||
|
tab_max_elem_val = p++;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
tab_max_range = part_elem->range_value;
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info &&
|
||
|
tab_part_info->temp_partitions.push_back(part_elem)) {
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error(1);
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info) part_elem->part_state = PART_TO_BE_REORGED;
|
||
|
if (!found_first) {
|
||
|
uint alt_part_count = 0;
|
||
|
partition_element *alt_part_elem;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> alt_it(
|
||
|
alt_part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
found_first = true;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
alt_part_elem = alt_it++;
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> p(
|
||
|
alt_part_elem->list_val_list);
|
||
|
alt_max_elem_val = p++;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
alt_max_range = alt_part_elem->range_value;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*new_part_info)
|
||
|
alt_part_elem->part_state = PART_TO_BE_ADDED;
|
||
|
if (alt_part_count == 0)
|
||
|
tab_it.replace(alt_part_elem);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
tab_it.after(alt_part_elem);
|
||
|
} while (++alt_part_count < num_parts_new);
|
||
|
} else if (found_last) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
tab_it.remove();
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (found_first) found_last = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
||
|
if (drop_count != num_parts_reorged) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "REORGANIZE");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
tab_part_info->num_parts = check_total_partitions;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(false);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*partition_changed = true;
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info = tab_part_info;
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION ||
|
||
|
alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION) {
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->use_default_subpartitions &&
|
||
|
!alt_part_info->use_default_subpartitions) {
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_subpartitions = false;
|
||
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions = false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->check_partition_info(thd, (handlerton **)NULL,
|
||
|
table->file, 0ULL, true)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The check below needs to be performed after check_partition_info
|
||
|
since this function "fixes" the item trees of the new partitions
|
||
|
to reorganize into
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags == Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION &&
|
||
|
tab_part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
bool is_error;
|
||
|
if (is_last_partition_reorged) {
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
is_error = tab_part_info->compare_column_values(
|
||
|
alt_max_elem_val->col_val_array,
|
||
|
tab_max_elem_val->col_val_array); // a < b.
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
is_error = alt_max_range < tab_max_range;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
is_error = tab_part_info->compare_column_values(
|
||
|
alt_max_elem_val->col_val_array,
|
||
|
tab_max_elem_val->col_val_array) ||
|
||
|
tab_part_info->compare_column_values(
|
||
|
tab_max_elem_val->col_val_array,
|
||
|
alt_max_elem_val->col_val_array); // a != b.
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
is_error = alt_max_range != tab_max_range;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (is_error) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
For range partitioning the total resulting range before and
|
||
|
after the change must be the same except in one case. This is
|
||
|
when the last partition is reorganised, in this case it is
|
||
|
acceptable to increase the total range.
|
||
|
The reason is that it is not allowed to have "holes" in the
|
||
|
middle of the ranges and thus we should not allow to reorganise
|
||
|
to create "holes".
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
my_error(ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE, MYF(0));
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
When thd->lex->part_info has a reference to a partition_info the
|
||
|
ALTER TABLE contained a definition of a partitioning.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Case I:
|
||
|
If there was a partition before and there is a new one defined.
|
||
|
We use the new partitioning. The new partitioning is already
|
||
|
defined in the correct variable so no work is needed to
|
||
|
accomplish this.
|
||
|
We do however need to update partition_changed to ensure that not
|
||
|
only the frm file is changed in the ALTER TABLE command.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Case IIa:
|
||
|
There was a partitioning before and there is no new one defined.
|
||
|
Also the user has not specified to remove partitioning explicitly.
|
||
|
|
||
|
We use the old partitioning also for the new table. We do this
|
||
|
by assigning the partition_info from the table loaded in
|
||
|
open_table to the partition_info struct used by mysql_create_table
|
||
|
later in this method.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Case IIb:
|
||
|
There was a partitioning before and there is no new one defined.
|
||
|
The user has specified explicitly to remove partitioning
|
||
|
|
||
|
Since the user has specified explicitly to remove partitioning
|
||
|
we override the old partitioning info and create a new table using
|
||
|
the specified engine.
|
||
|
In this case the partition also is changed.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Case III:
|
||
|
There was no partitioning before altering the table, there is
|
||
|
partitioning defined in the altered table. Use the new partitioning.
|
||
|
No work needed since the partitioning info is already in the
|
||
|
correct variable.
|
||
|
|
||
|
In this case we discover one case where the new partitioning is using
|
||
|
the same partition function as the default (PARTITION BY KEY or
|
||
|
PARTITION BY LINEAR KEY with the list of fields equal to the primary
|
||
|
key fields OR PARTITION BY [LINEAR] KEY() for tables without primary
|
||
|
key)
|
||
|
Also here partition has changed and thus a new table must be
|
||
|
created.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Case IV:
|
||
|
There was no partitioning before and no partitioning defined.
|
||
|
Obviously no work needed.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
partition_info *tab_part_info = table->part_info;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The table must be reopened, this is necessary to avoid situations
|
||
|
where a failing ALTER leaves behind a TABLE object which has its
|
||
|
partitioning information updated by the SE, as InnoDB is doing in
|
||
|
update_create_info().
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
table->m_needs_reopen = true;
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REMOVE_PARTITIONING) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Remove partitioning"));
|
||
|
if (!(create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE)) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("No explicit engine used"));
|
||
|
create_info->db_type = tab_part_info->default_engine_type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info",
|
||
|
("New engine type: %s",
|
||
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(create_info->db_type)));
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info = NULL;
|
||
|
*partition_changed = true;
|
||
|
} else if (!thd->work_part_info) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Retain partitioning but possibly with a new storage engine
|
||
|
beneath.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Create a copy of TABLE::part_info to be able to modify it freely.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (!(tab_part_info = tab_part_info->get_clone(thd))) return true;
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info = tab_part_info;
|
||
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE &&
|
||
|
create_info->db_type != tab_part_info->default_engine_type) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Make sure change of engine happens to all partitions.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("partition changed"));
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If the user originally didn't specify partitioning to be
|
||
|
used we can remove it now.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
thd->work_part_info = NULL;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Ensure that all partitions have the proper engine set-up
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
set_engine_all_partitions(thd->work_part_info,
|
||
|
create_info->db_type);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*partition_changed = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (thd->work_part_info) {
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = thd->work_part_info;
|
||
|
bool is_native_partitioned = false;
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Need to cater for engine types that can handle partition without
|
||
|
using the partition handler.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info != tab_part_info) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->fix_parser_data(thd)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Compare the old and new part_info. If only key_algorithm
|
||
|
change is done, don't consider it as changed partitioning (to avoid
|
||
|
rebuild). This is to handle KEY (numeric_cols) partitioned tables
|
||
|
created in 5.1. For more info, see bug#14521864.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (alter_info->flags != Alter_info::ALTER_PARTITION ||
|
||
|
!table->part_info ||
|
||
|
alter_info->requested_algorithm !=
|
||
|
Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_INPLACE ||
|
||
|
!table->part_info->has_same_partitioning(part_info)) {
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("partition changed"));
|
||
|
*partition_changed = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Set up partition default_engine_type either from the create_info
|
||
|
or from the previus table
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE)
|
||
|
part_info->default_engine_type = create_info->db_type;
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
if (tab_part_info)
|
||
|
part_info->default_engine_type = tab_part_info->default_engine_type;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
part_info->default_engine_type = create_info->db_type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (check_native_partitioned(create_info, &is_native_partitioned,
|
||
|
part_info, thd)) {
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (!is_native_partitioned) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, MYF(0), "native partitioning");
|
||
|
goto err;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
err:
|
||
|
*new_part_info = NULL;
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Prepare for calling val_int on partition function by setting fields to
|
||
|
point to the record where the values of the PF-fields are stored.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_field_ptr()
|
||
|
ptr Array of fields to change ptr
|
||
|
new_buf New record pointer
|
||
|
old_buf Old record pointer
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Set ptr in field objects of field array to refer to new_buf record
|
||
|
instead of previously old_buf. Used before calling val_int and after
|
||
|
it is used to restore pointers to table->record[0].
|
||
|
This routine is placed outside of partition code since it can be useful
|
||
|
also for other programs.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void set_field_ptr(Field **ptr, const uchar *new_buf,
|
||
|
const uchar *old_buf) {
|
||
|
ptrdiff_t diff = (new_buf - old_buf);
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
(*ptr)->move_field_offset(diff);
|
||
|
} while (*(++ptr));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Append all fields in read_set to string
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param[in,out] str String to append to.
|
||
|
@param[in] row Row to append.
|
||
|
@param[in] table Table containing read_set and fields for the row.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
void append_row_to_str(String &str, const uchar *row, TABLE *table) {
|
||
|
Field **fields, **field_ptr;
|
||
|
const uchar *rec;
|
||
|
uint num_fields = bitmap_bits_set(table->read_set);
|
||
|
uint curr_field_index = 0;
|
||
|
bool is_rec0 = !row || row == table->record[0];
|
||
|
if (!row)
|
||
|
rec = table->record[0];
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
rec = row;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Create a new array of all read fields. */
|
||
|
fields = (Field **)my_malloc(key_memory_handler_errmsgs,
|
||
|
sizeof(void *) * (num_fields + 1), MYF(0));
|
||
|
if (!fields) return;
|
||
|
fields[num_fields] = NULL;
|
||
|
for (field_ptr = table->field; *field_ptr; field_ptr++) {
|
||
|
if (!bitmap_is_set(table->read_set, (*field_ptr)->field_index)) continue;
|
||
|
fields[curr_field_index++] = *field_ptr;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_rec0) set_field_ptr(fields, rec, table->record[0]);
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (field_ptr = fields; *field_ptr; field_ptr++) {
|
||
|
Field *field = *field_ptr;
|
||
|
str.append(" ");
|
||
|
str.append(field->field_name);
|
||
|
str.append(":");
|
||
|
field_unpack(&str, field, 0, false);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_rec0) set_field_ptr(fields, table->record[0], rec);
|
||
|
my_free(fields);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
mem_alloc_error()
|
||
|
size Size of memory attempted to allocate
|
||
|
None
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUES
|
||
|
None
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
A routine to use for all the many places in the code where memory
|
||
|
allocation error can happen, a tremendous amount of them, needs
|
||
|
simple routine that signals this error.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void mem_alloc_error(size_t size) {
|
||
|
my_error(ER_OUTOFMEMORY, MYF(ME_FATALERROR), static_cast<int>(size));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Return comma-separated list of used partitions in the provided given string.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info Partitioning info
|
||
|
@param[out] parts The resulting list of string to fill
|
||
|
|
||
|
Generate a list of used partitions (from bits in part_info->read_partitions
|
||
|
bitmap), and store it into the provided String object.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note
|
||
|
The produced string must not be longer then MAX_PARTITIONS * (1 + FN_LEN).
|
||
|
In case of UPDATE, only the partitions read is given, not the partitions
|
||
|
that was written or locked.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
bool make_used_partitions_str(partition_info *part_info,
|
||
|
List<const char> *parts) {
|
||
|
parts->empty();
|
||
|
partition_element *pe;
|
||
|
uint partition_id = 0;
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> it(part_info->partitions);
|
||
|
StringBuffer<FN_LEN> part_str(system_charset_info);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned()) {
|
||
|
partition_element *head_pe;
|
||
|
while ((head_pe = it++)) {
|
||
|
List_iterator<partition_element> it2(head_pe->subpartitions);
|
||
|
while ((pe = it2++)) {
|
||
|
if (bitmap_is_set(&part_info->read_partitions, partition_id)) {
|
||
|
part_str.length(0);
|
||
|
if ((part_str.append(head_pe->partition_name,
|
||
|
strlen(head_pe->partition_name),
|
||
|
system_charset_info)) ||
|
||
|
part_str.append('_') ||
|
||
|
part_str.append(pe->partition_name, strlen(pe->partition_name),
|
||
|
system_charset_info) ||
|
||
|
parts->push_back(part_str.dup(current_thd->mem_root)))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
partition_id++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
while ((pe = it++)) {
|
||
|
if (bitmap_is_set(&part_info->read_partitions, partition_id)) {
|
||
|
part_str.length(0);
|
||
|
if (part_str.append(pe->partition_name, strlen(pe->partition_name),
|
||
|
system_charset_info) ||
|
||
|
parts->push_back(part_str.dup(current_thd->mem_root)))
|
||
|
return true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
partition_id++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/****************************************************************************
|
||
|
* Partition interval analysis support
|
||
|
***************************************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Setup partition_info::* members related to partitioning range analysis
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers()
|
||
|
part_info Partitioning info structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Assuming that passed partition_info structure already has correct values
|
||
|
for members that specify [sub]partitioning type, table fields, and
|
||
|
functions, set up partition_info::* members that are related to
|
||
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis (see get_partitions_in_range_iter for its
|
||
|
definition)
|
||
|
|
||
|
IMPLEMENTATION
|
||
|
There are three available interval analyzer functions:
|
||
|
(1) get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping
|
||
|
(2) get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map
|
||
|
(3) get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking
|
||
|
|
||
|
They all have limited applicability:
|
||
|
(1) is applicable for "PARTITION BY <RANGE|LIST>(func(t.field))", where
|
||
|
func is a monotonic function.
|
||
|
|
||
|
(2) is applicable for "PARTITION BY <RANGE|LIST> COLUMNS (field_list)
|
||
|
|
||
|
(3) is applicable for
|
||
|
"[SUB]PARTITION BY <any-partitioning-type>(any_func(t.integer_field))"
|
||
|
|
||
|
If both (1) and (3) are applicable, (1) is preferred over (3).
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function sets part_info::get_part_iter_for_interval according to
|
||
|
this criteria, and also sets some auxilary fields that the function
|
||
|
uses.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
static void set_up_range_analysis_info(partition_info *part_info) {
|
||
|
/* Set the catch-all default */
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval = NULL;
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpart_iter_for_interval = NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping() can be used for
|
||
|
partitioning
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
switch (part_info->part_type) {
|
||
|
case partition_type::RANGE:
|
||
|
case partition_type::LIST:
|
||
|
if (!part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info() != NON_MONOTONIC) {
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval =
|
||
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping;
|
||
|
goto setup_subparts;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval =
|
||
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map;
|
||
|
goto setup_subparts;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
default:;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking() can be used for
|
||
|
partitioning
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->num_part_fields == 1) {
|
||
|
Field *field = part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
||
|
switch (field->type()) {
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_INT24:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
||
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval =
|
||
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
default:;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
setup_subparts:
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking() can be used for
|
||
|
subpartitioning
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (part_info->num_subpart_fields == 1) {
|
||
|
Field *field = part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
||
|
switch (field->type()) {
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
||
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
||
|
part_info->get_subpart_iter_for_interval =
|
||
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
default:;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This function takes a memory of packed fields in opt-range format
|
||
|
and stores it in record format. To avoid having to worry about how
|
||
|
the length of fields are calculated in opt-range format we send
|
||
|
an array of lengths used for each field in store_length_array.
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
store_tuple_to_record()
|
||
|
pfield Field array
|
||
|
store_length_array Array of field lengths
|
||
|
value Memory where fields are stored
|
||
|
value_end End of memory
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
nparts Number of fields assigned
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
static uint32 store_tuple_to_record(Field **pfield, uint32 *store_length_array,
|
||
|
uchar *value, uchar *value_end) {
|
||
|
/* This function is inspired by store_key_image_rec. */
|
||
|
uint32 nparts = 0;
|
||
|
uchar *loc_value;
|
||
|
while (value < value_end) {
|
||
|
loc_value = value;
|
||
|
if ((*pfield)->real_maybe_null()) {
|
||
|
if (*loc_value)
|
||
|
(*pfield)->set_null();
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
(*pfield)->set_notnull();
|
||
|
loc_value++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
uint len = (*pfield)->pack_length();
|
||
|
(*pfield)->set_key_image(loc_value, len);
|
||
|
value += *store_length_array;
|
||
|
store_length_array++;
|
||
|
nparts++;
|
||
|
pfield++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return nparts;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
RANGE(columns) partitioning: compare partition value bound and probe tuple.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param val Partition column values.
|
||
|
@param nvals_in_rec Number of (prefix) fields to compare.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Less than/Equal to/Greater than 0 if the record is L/E/G than val.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@note The partition value bound is always a full tuple (but may include the
|
||
|
MAXVALUE special value). The probe tuple may be a prefix of partitioning
|
||
|
tuple.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple(part_column_list_val *val, uint32 nvals_in_rec) {
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = val->part_info;
|
||
|
Field **field = part_info->part_field_array;
|
||
|
Field **fields_end = field + nvals_in_rec;
|
||
|
int res;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (; field != fields_end; field++, val++) {
|
||
|
if (val->max_value) return -1;
|
||
|
if ((*field)->is_null()) {
|
||
|
if (val->null_value) continue;
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (val->null_value) return +1;
|
||
|
res = (*field)->cmp(val->column_value.field_image);
|
||
|
if (res) return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Compare record and columns partition tuple including endpoint handling.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param val Columns partition tuple
|
||
|
@param n_vals_in_rec Number of columns to compare
|
||
|
@param is_left_endpoint True if left endpoint (part_tuple < rec or
|
||
|
part_tuple <= rec)
|
||
|
@param include_endpoint If endpoint is included (part_tuple <= rec or
|
||
|
rec <= part_tuple)
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Less than/Equal to/Greater than 0 if the record is L/E/G than
|
||
|
the partition tuple.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@see get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint() and
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint().
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(part_column_list_val *val,
|
||
|
uint32 n_vals_in_rec, bool is_left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint) {
|
||
|
int cmp;
|
||
|
Field **field;
|
||
|
if ((cmp = cmp_rec_and_tuple(val, n_vals_in_rec))) return cmp;
|
||
|
field = val->part_info->part_field_array + n_vals_in_rec;
|
||
|
if (!(*field)) {
|
||
|
/* Full match. Only equal if including endpoint. */
|
||
|
if (include_endpoint) return 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (is_left_endpoint)
|
||
|
return +4; /* Start of range, part_tuple < rec, return higher. */
|
||
|
return -4; /* End of range, rec < part_tupe, return lesser. */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
The prefix is equal and there are more partition columns to compare.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If including left endpoint or not including right endpoint
|
||
|
then the record is considered lesser compared to the partition.
|
||
|
|
||
|
i.e:
|
||
|
part(10, x) <= rec(10, unknown) and rec(10, unknown) < part(10, x)
|
||
|
part <= rec -> lesser (i.e. this or previous partitions)
|
||
|
rec < part -> lesser (i.e. this or previous partitions)
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (is_left_endpoint == include_endpoint) return -2;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
If right endpoint and the first additional partition value
|
||
|
is MAXVALUE, then the record is lesser.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (!is_left_endpoint && (val + n_vals_in_rec)->max_value) return -3;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Otherwise the record is considered greater.
|
||
|
|
||
|
rec <= part -> greater (i.e. does not match this partition, seek higher).
|
||
|
part < rec -> greater (i.e. does not match this partition, seek higher).
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
return 2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
typedef uint32 (*get_endpoint_func)(partition_info *, bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
||
|
|
||
|
typedef uint32 (*get_col_endpoint_func)(partition_info *, bool left_endpoint,
|
||
|
bool include_endpoint,
|
||
|
uint32 num_parts);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Get partition for RANGE COLUMNS endpoint.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info Partitioning metadata.
|
||
|
@param is_left_endpoint True if left endpoint (const <=/< cols)
|
||
|
@param include_endpoint True if range includes the endpoint (<=/>=)
|
||
|
@param nparts Total number of partitions
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Partition id of matching partition.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@see get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint and
|
||
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_partition_id_cols_range_for_endpoint(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_left_endpoint, bool include_endpoint,
|
||
|
uint32 nparts) {
|
||
|
uint min_part_id = 0, max_part_id = part_info->num_parts, loc_part_id;
|
||
|
part_column_list_val *range_col_array = part_info->range_col_array;
|
||
|
uint num_columns = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Find the matching partition (including taking endpoint into account). */
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
/* Midpoint, adjusted down, so it can never be > last partition. */
|
||
|
loc_part_id = (max_part_id + min_part_id) >> 1;
|
||
|
if (0 <=
|
||
|
cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(range_col_array + loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
||
|
nparts, is_left_endpoint, include_endpoint))
|
||
|
min_part_id = loc_part_id + 1;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
max_part_id = loc_part_id;
|
||
|
} while (max_part_id > min_part_id);
|
||
|
loc_part_id = max_part_id;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Given value must be LESS THAN the found partition. */
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(loc_part_id == part_info->num_parts ||
|
||
|
(0 > cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(
|
||
|
range_col_array + loc_part_id * num_columns, nparts,
|
||
|
is_left_endpoint, include_endpoint)));
|
||
|
/* Given value must be GREATER THAN or EQUAL to the previous partition. */
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(loc_part_id == 0 ||
|
||
|
(0 <= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(
|
||
|
range_col_array + (loc_part_id - 1) * num_columns,
|
||
|
nparts, is_left_endpoint, include_endpoint)));
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_left_endpoint) {
|
||
|
/* Set the end after this partition if not already after the last. */
|
||
|
if (loc_part_id < part_info->num_parts) loc_part_id++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return loc_part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool, uint32 *store_length_array,
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len, uint max_len, uint flags,
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
uint32 nparts;
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint_func get_col_endpoint;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint = get_partition_id_cols_range_for_endpoint;
|
||
|
part_iter->get_next = get_next_partition_id_range;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint = get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint;
|
||
|
part_iter->get_next = get_next_partition_id_list;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_info = part_info;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_list_values);
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
assert(0);
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint = nullptr;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (flags & NO_MIN_RANGE)
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = part_iter->part_nums.cur = 0;
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
// Copy from min_value to record
|
||
|
nparts =
|
||
|
store_tuple_to_record(part_info->part_field_array, store_length_array,
|
||
|
min_value, min_value + min_len);
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = part_iter->part_nums.cur =
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint(part_info, true, !(flags & NEAR_MIN), nparts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE)
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
else /* LIST_PARTITION */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST);
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = part_info->num_list_values;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
// Copy from max_value to record
|
||
|
nparts =
|
||
|
store_tuple_to_record(part_info->part_field_array, store_length_array,
|
||
|
max_value, max_value + max_len);
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end =
|
||
|
get_col_endpoint(part_info, false, !(flags & NEAR_MAX), nparts);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start == part_iter->part_nums.end) return 0;
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/**
|
||
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis: Initialize the iterator for "mapping" case
|
||
|
|
||
|
@param part_info Partition info
|
||
|
@param is_subpart true - act for subpartitioning
|
||
|
false - act for partitioning
|
||
|
@param store_length_array Ignored.
|
||
|
@param min_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
||
|
@param max_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
||
|
@param min_len Ignored.
|
||
|
@param max_len Ignored.
|
||
|
@param flags Some combination of NEAR_MIN, NEAR_MAX, NO_MIN_RANGE,
|
||
|
NO_MAX_RANGE.
|
||
|
@param part_iter Iterator structure to be initialized
|
||
|
|
||
|
@details Initialize partition set iterator to walk over the interval in
|
||
|
ordered-array-of-partitions (for RANGE partitioning) or
|
||
|
ordered-array-of-list-constants (for LIST partitioning) space.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function is used when partitioning is done by
|
||
|
<RANGE|LIST>(ascending_func(t.field)), and we can map an interval in
|
||
|
t.field space into a sub-array of partition_info::range_int_array or
|
||
|
partition_info::list_array (see get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint,
|
||
|
get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint for details).
|
||
|
|
||
|
The function performs this interval mapping, and sets the iterator to
|
||
|
traverse the sub-array and return appropriate partitions.
|
||
|
|
||
|
@return Status of iterator
|
||
|
@retval 0 No matching partitions (iterator not initialized)
|
||
|
@retval 1 Ok, iterator intialized for traversal of matching partitions.
|
||
|
@retval -1 All partitions would match (iterator not initialized)
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_subpart MY_ATTRIBUTE((unused)),
|
||
|
uint32 *store_length_array, /* ignored */
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len,
|
||
|
uint max_len, /* ignored */
|
||
|
uint flags, PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
Field *field = part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
||
|
uint32 max_endpoint_val = 0;
|
||
|
get_endpoint_func get_endpoint = 0;
|
||
|
bool can_match_multiple_values; /* is not '=' */
|
||
|
uint field_len = field->pack_length_in_rec();
|
||
|
MYSQL_TIME start_date;
|
||
|
bool check_zero_dates = false;
|
||
|
bool zero_in_start_date = true;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!is_subpart);
|
||
|
(void)store_length_array;
|
||
|
(void)min_len;
|
||
|
(void)max_len;
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = false;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array)
|
||
|
get_endpoint = get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint_charset;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
get_endpoint = get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint;
|
||
|
max_endpoint_val = part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
part_iter->get_next = get_next_partition_id_range;
|
||
|
} else if (part_info->part_type == partition_type::LIST) {
|
||
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array)
|
||
|
get_endpoint = get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint_charset;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
get_endpoint = get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint;
|
||
|
max_endpoint_val = part_info->num_list_values;
|
||
|
part_iter->get_next = get_next_partition_id_list;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_info = part_info;
|
||
|
if (max_endpoint_val == 0) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We handle this special case without optimisations since it is
|
||
|
of little practical value but causes a great number of complex
|
||
|
checks later in the code.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = part_iter->part_nums.end = 0;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur = 0;
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = true;
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
|
||
|
|
||
|
can_match_multiple_values = (flags || !min_value || !max_value ||
|
||
|
memcmp(min_value, max_value, field_len));
|
||
|
if (can_match_multiple_values &&
|
||
|
(part_info->part_type == partition_type::RANGE ||
|
||
|
part_info->has_null_value)) {
|
||
|
/* Range scan on RANGE or LIST partitioned table */
|
||
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
||
|
monotonic = part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
||
|
if (monotonic == MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL ||
|
||
|
monotonic == MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL) {
|
||
|
/* col is NOT NULL, but F(col) can return NULL, add NULL partition */
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = true;
|
||
|
check_zero_dates = true;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Find minimum: Do special handling if the interval has left bound in form
|
||
|
" NULL <= X ":
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (field->real_maybe_null() && part_info->has_null_value &&
|
||
|
!(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NEAR_MIN)) && *min_value) {
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = true;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = part_iter->part_nums.cur = 0;
|
||
|
if (!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) && *max_value) {
|
||
|
/* The right bound is X <= NULL, i.e. it is a "X IS NULL" interval */
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = 0;
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
if (flags & NO_MIN_RANGE)
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = part_iter->part_nums.cur = 0;
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Store the interval edge in the record buffer, and call the
|
||
|
function that maps the edge in table-field space to an edge
|
||
|
in ordered-set-of-partitions (for RANGE partitioning) or
|
||
|
index-in-ordered-array-of-list-constants (for LIST) space.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, min_value, field_len);
|
||
|
bool include_endp = !(flags & NEAR_MIN);
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.start = get_endpoint(part_info, 1, include_endp);
|
||
|
if (!can_match_multiple_values && part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
/* col = x and F(x) = NULL -> only search NULL partition */
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur = part_iter->part_nums.start = 0;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = 0;
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = true;
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur = part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
||
|
if (check_zero_dates && !part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
if (!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) && (field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATE ||
|
||
|
field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME)) {
|
||
|
/* Monotonic, but return NULL for dates with zeros in month/day. */
|
||
|
zero_in_start_date = field->get_date(&start_date, 0);
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info",
|
||
|
("zero start %u %04d-%02d-%02d", zero_in_start_date,
|
||
|
start_date.year, start_date.month, start_date.day));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start == max_endpoint_val)
|
||
|
return 0; /* No partitions */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Find maximum, do the same as above but for right interval bound */
|
||
|
if (flags & NO_MAX_RANGE)
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = max_endpoint_val;
|
||
|
else {
|
||
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, max_value, field_len);
|
||
|
bool include_endp = !(flags & NEAR_MAX);
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.end = get_endpoint(part_info, 0, include_endp);
|
||
|
if (check_zero_dates && !zero_in_start_date &&
|
||
|
!part_info->part_expr->null_value) {
|
||
|
MYSQL_TIME end_date;
|
||
|
bool zero_in_end_date = field->get_date(&end_date, 0);
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
This is an optimization for TO_DAYS()/TO_SECONDS() to avoid scanning
|
||
|
the NULL partition for ranges that cannot include a date with 0 as
|
||
|
month/day.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("zero end %u %04d-%02d-%02d", zero_in_end_date,
|
||
|
end_date.year, end_date.month, end_date.day));
|
||
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!memcmp(((Item_func *)part_info->part_expr)->func_name(),
|
||
|
"to_days", 7) ||
|
||
|
!memcmp(((Item_func *)part_info->part_expr)->func_name(),
|
||
|
"to_seconds", 10));
|
||
|
if (!zero_in_end_date && start_date.month == end_date.month &&
|
||
|
start_date.year == end_date.year)
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = false;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start >= part_iter->part_nums.end &&
|
||
|
!part_iter->ret_null_part)
|
||
|
return 0; /* No partitions */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 1; /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* See get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking for definition of what this is */
|
||
|
#define MAX_RANGE_TO_WALK 32
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis: Initialize iterator to walk field interval
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking()
|
||
|
part_info Partition info
|
||
|
is_subpart true - act for subpartitioning
|
||
|
false - act for partitioning
|
||
|
min_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
||
|
max_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
||
|
flags Some combination of NEAR_MIN, NEAR_MAX, NO_MIN_RANGE,
|
||
|
NO_MAX_RANGE.
|
||
|
part_iter Iterator structure to be initialized
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
Initialize partition set iterator to walk over interval in integer field
|
||
|
space. That is, for "const1 <=? t.field <=? const2" interval, initialize
|
||
|
the iterator to return a set of [sub]partitions obtained with the
|
||
|
following procedure:
|
||
|
get partition id for t.field = const1, return it
|
||
|
get partition id for t.field = const1+1, return it
|
||
|
... t.field = const1+2, ...
|
||
|
... ... ...
|
||
|
... t.field = const2 ...
|
||
|
|
||
|
IMPLEMENTATION
|
||
|
See get_partitions_in_range_iter for general description of interval
|
||
|
analysis. We support walking over the following intervals:
|
||
|
"t.field IS NULL"
|
||
|
"c1 <=? t.field <=? c2", where c1 and c2 are finite.
|
||
|
Intervals with +inf/-inf, and [NULL, c1] interval can be processed but
|
||
|
that is more tricky and I don't have time to do it right now.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN
|
||
|
0 - No matching partitions, iterator not initialized
|
||
|
1 - Some partitions would match, iterator intialized for traversing them
|
||
|
-1 - All partitions would match, iterator not initialized
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking(
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info, bool is_subpart,
|
||
|
uint32 *store_length_array, /* ignored */
|
||
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value, uint min_len,
|
||
|
uint max_len, /* ignored */
|
||
|
uint flags, PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
Field *field;
|
||
|
uint total_parts;
|
||
|
partition_iter_func get_next_func;
|
||
|
DBUG_TRACE;
|
||
|
(void)store_length_array;
|
||
|
(void)min_len;
|
||
|
(void)max_len;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig = false;
|
||
|
if (is_subpart) {
|
||
|
field = part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
||
|
total_parts = part_info->num_subparts;
|
||
|
get_next_func = get_next_subpartition_via_walking;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
field = part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
||
|
total_parts = part_info->num_parts;
|
||
|
get_next_func = get_next_partition_via_walking;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the "t.field IS NULL" interval, it is a special case */
|
||
|
if (field->real_maybe_null() && !(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE)) &&
|
||
|
*min_value && *max_value) {
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
We don't have a part_iter->get_next() function that would find which
|
||
|
partition "t.field IS NULL" belongs to, so find partition that contains
|
||
|
NULL right here, and return an iterator over singleton set.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
uint32 part_id;
|
||
|
field->set_null();
|
||
|
if (is_subpart) {
|
||
|
if (!part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, &part_id)) {
|
||
|
init_single_partition_iterator(part_id, part_iter);
|
||
|
return 1; /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
longlong dummy;
|
||
|
int res =
|
||
|
part_info->is_sub_partitioned()
|
||
|
? part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, &part_id, &dummy)
|
||
|
: part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_id, &dummy);
|
||
|
if (!res) {
|
||
|
init_single_partition_iterator(part_id, part_iter);
|
||
|
return 1; /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return 0; /* No partitions match */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((field->real_maybe_null() &&
|
||
|
((!(flags & NO_MIN_RANGE) && *min_value) || // NULL <? X
|
||
|
(!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) && *max_value))) || // X <? NULL
|
||
|
(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE))) // -inf at any bound
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
return -1; /* Can't handle this interval, have to use all partitions */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Get integers for left and right interval bound */
|
||
|
ulonglong a, b;
|
||
|
uint len = field->pack_length_in_rec();
|
||
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, min_value, len);
|
||
|
a = field->val_int();
|
||
|
|
||
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, max_value, len);
|
||
|
b = field->val_int();
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Handle a special case where the distance between interval bounds is
|
||
|
exactly 4G-1. This interval is too big for range walking, and if it is an
|
||
|
(x,y]-type interval then the following "b +=..." code will convert it to
|
||
|
an empty interval by "wrapping around" a + 4G-1 + 1 = a.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if (b - a == ~0ULL) return -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (flags & NEAR_MIN) ++a;
|
||
|
if (!(flags & NEAR_MAX)) ++b;
|
||
|
ulonglong n_values = b - a;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Will it pay off to enumerate all values in the [a..b] range and evaluate
|
||
|
the partitioning function for every value? It depends on
|
||
|
1. whether we'll be able to infer that some partitions are not used
|
||
|
2. if time savings from not scanning these partitions will be greater
|
||
|
than time spent in enumeration.
|
||
|
We will assume that the cost of accessing one extra partition is greater
|
||
|
than the cost of evaluating the partitioning function O(#partitions).
|
||
|
This means we should jump at any chance to eliminate a partition, which
|
||
|
gives us this logic:
|
||
|
|
||
|
Do the enumeration if
|
||
|
- the number of values to enumerate is comparable to the number of
|
||
|
partitions, or
|
||
|
- there are not many values to enumerate.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
if ((n_values > 2 * total_parts) && n_values > MAX_RANGE_TO_WALK) return -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
part_iter->field_vals.start = part_iter->field_vals.cur = a;
|
||
|
part_iter->field_vals.end = b;
|
||
|
part_iter->part_info = part_info;
|
||
|
part_iter->get_next = get_next_func;
|
||
|
return 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation: enumerate partitions in range
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_next_partition_id_range()
|
||
|
part_iter Partition set iterator structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This is implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() that returns
|
||
|
[sub]partition ids in [min_partition_id, max_partition_id] range.
|
||
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN
|
||
|
partition id
|
||
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
uint32 get_next_partition_id_range(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.cur >= part_iter->part_nums.end) {
|
||
|
if (part_iter->ret_null_part) {
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = false;
|
||
|
return 0; /* NULL always in first range partition */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur = part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig;
|
||
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
return part_iter->part_nums.cur++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation for LIST partitioning
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_next_partition_id_list()
|
||
|
part_iter Partition set iterator structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() is special for
|
||
|
LIST partitioning: it enumerates partition ids in
|
||
|
part_info->list_array[i] (list_col_array[i*cols] for COLUMNS LIST
|
||
|
partitioning) where i runs over [min_idx, max_idx] interval.
|
||
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN
|
||
|
partition id
|
||
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitions
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_id_list(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.cur >= part_iter->part_nums.end) {
|
||
|
if (part_iter->ret_null_part) {
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = false;
|
||
|
return part_iter->part_info->has_null_part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur = part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
||
|
part_iter->ret_null_part = part_iter->ret_null_part_orig;
|
||
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
||
|
} else {
|
||
|
partition_info *part_info = part_iter->part_info;
|
||
|
uint32 num_part = part_iter->part_nums.cur++;
|
||
|
if (part_info->column_list) {
|
||
|
uint num_columns = part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
||
|
return part_info->list_col_array[num_part * num_columns].partition_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return part_info->list_array[num_part].partition_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation: walk over field-space interval
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
get_next_partition_via_walking()
|
||
|
part_iter Partitioning iterator
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() returns ids of
|
||
|
partitions that contain records with partitioning field value within
|
||
|
[start_val, end_val] interval.
|
||
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN
|
||
|
partition id
|
||
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitioning.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
uint32 part_id;
|
||
|
Field *field = part_iter->part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
||
|
while (part_iter->field_vals.cur != part_iter->field_vals.end) {
|
||
|
longlong dummy;
|
||
|
field->store(part_iter->field_vals.cur++, field->flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG);
|
||
|
if ((part_iter->part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
||
|
!part_iter->part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_iter->part_info,
|
||
|
&part_id, &dummy)) ||
|
||
|
!part_iter->part_info->get_partition_id(part_iter->part_info, &part_id,
|
||
|
&dummy))
|
||
|
return part_id;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
part_iter->field_vals.cur = part_iter->field_vals.start;
|
||
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Same as get_next_partition_via_walking, but for subpartitions */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uint32 get_next_subpartition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter) {
|
||
|
Field *field = part_iter->part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
||
|
uint32 res;
|
||
|
if (part_iter->field_vals.cur == part_iter->field_vals.end) {
|
||
|
part_iter->field_vals.cur = part_iter->field_vals.start;
|
||
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
field->store(part_iter->field_vals.cur++, field->flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG);
|
||
|
if (part_iter->part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_iter->part_info, &res))
|
||
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
||
|
return res;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Create partition names
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
create_partition_name()
|
||
|
out:out Created partition name string
|
||
|
in1 First part
|
||
|
in2 Second part
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This method is used to calculate the partition name, service routine to
|
||
|
the del_ren_cre_table method.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void create_partition_name(char *out, const char *in1, const char *in2,
|
||
|
bool translate) {
|
||
|
char transl_part_name[FN_REFLEN];
|
||
|
const char *transl_part;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (translate) {
|
||
|
tablename_to_filename(in2, transl_part_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
||
|
transl_part = transl_part_name;
|
||
|
} else
|
||
|
transl_part = in2;
|
||
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part, NullS);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*
|
||
|
Create subpartition name
|
||
|
|
||
|
SYNOPSIS
|
||
|
create_subpartition_name()
|
||
|
out:out Created partition name string
|
||
|
in1 First part
|
||
|
in2 Second part
|
||
|
in3 Third part
|
||
|
|
||
|
RETURN VALUE
|
||
|
NONE
|
||
|
|
||
|
DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
This method is used to calculate the subpartition name, service routine to
|
||
|
the del_ren_cre_table method.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
void create_subpartition_name(char *out, const char *in1, const char *in2,
|
||
|
const char *in3) {
|
||
|
char transl_part_name[FN_REFLEN], transl_subpart_name[FN_REFLEN];
|
||
|
|
||
|
tablename_to_filename(in2, transl_part_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
||
|
tablename_to_filename(in3, transl_subpart_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
||
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part_name, "#SP#", transl_subpart_name,
|
||
|
NullS);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
uint get_partition_field_store_length(Field *field) {
|
||
|
uint store_length;
|
||
|
|
||
|
store_length = field->key_length();
|
||
|
if (field->real_maybe_null()) store_length += HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH;
|
||
|
if (field->real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR)
|
||
|
store_length += HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH;
|
||
|
return store_length;
|
||
|
}
|